1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright (C) 1989-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 5 6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 9 any later version. 10 11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 14 GNU General Public License for more details. 15 16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 19 02110-1301, USA. */ 20 21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 22 at the University of Utah. */ 23 24 #include "as.h" 25 #include "safe-ctype.h" 26 #include "subsegs.h" 27 #include "dw2gencfi.h" 28 29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h" 30 31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 32 #include "opcode/hppa.h" 33 34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 36 #endif 37 38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h" 43 44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 46 47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 49 50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 54 55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 56 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 59 #else 60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 62 #endif 63 64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 65 to store a copyright string. */ 66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version 67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 68 69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 71 72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 78 79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 80 typedef int reloc_type; 81 82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 83 #define obj_version obj_som_version 84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 85 86 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 88 89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 93 94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL 96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78 97 #endif 98 99 #ifndef R_N0SEL 100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8 101 #endif 102 103 #ifndef R_N1SEL 104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9 105 #endif 106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 107 108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 110 #else 111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 112 #endif 113 114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 115 116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 117 118 struct unwind_desc 119 { 120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 121 unsigned int millicode:1; 122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 123 unsigned int region_desc:2; 124 unsigned int save_sr:2; 125 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 126 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 127 unsigned int args_stored:1; 128 unsigned int call_fr:5; 129 unsigned int call_gr:5; 130 unsigned int save_sp:1; 131 unsigned int save_rp:1; 132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 135 136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 138 unsigned int reserved:3; 139 unsigned int frame_size:27; 140 }; 141 142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 144 object files. */ 145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 161 162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 166 167 struct unwind_table 168 { 169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 170 descriptor. */ 171 unsigned int start_offset; 172 unsigned int end_offset; 173 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 174 }; 175 176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 179 180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 182 183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 185 186 struct call_info 187 { 188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 190 191 /* Name of this function. */ 192 symbolS *start_symbol; 193 194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 195 symbolS *end_symbol; 196 197 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 198 struct call_info *ci_next; 199 }; 200 201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 203 SGL and DBL). */ 204 typedef enum 205 { 206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 207 } 208 fp_operand_format; 209 210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 212 (ELF has no need for it). */ 213 typedef enum 214 { 215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 224 } 225 pa_symbol_type; 226 227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble 228 individual instructions. */ 229 struct pa_it 230 { 231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 232 unsigned long opcode; 233 234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 235 expressionS exp; 236 237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 238 int pcrel; 239 240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 241 fp_operand_format fpof1; 242 fp_operand_format fpof2; 243 244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 245 int trunc; 246 247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 249 long field_selector; 250 251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 253 unsigned int arg_reloc; 254 255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 256 int format; 257 258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 259 reloc_type reloc; 260 }; 261 262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 263 264 +--------------+--------------+ 265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | | | 270 271 . . . 272 . . . 273 . . . 274 275 | | | 276 +--------------+--------------+ 277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ */ 281 282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 283 struct call_desc 284 { 285 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 286 unsigned int arg_reloc; 287 288 /* Number of arguments. */ 289 unsigned int arg_count; 290 }; 291 292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 294 chain. */ 295 296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain 297 { 298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 299 unsigned int ssd_defined; 300 301 /* Name of this subspace. */ 302 char *ssd_name; 303 304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 305 asection *ssd_seg; 306 int ssd_subseg; 307 308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 310 }; 311 312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 313 314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 315 chain. */ 316 317 struct space_dictionary_chain 318 { 319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 320 as a default space. */ 321 unsigned int sd_defined; 322 323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 324 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 325 326 /* The space number (or index). */ 327 unsigned int sd_spnum; 328 329 /* The name of this subspace. */ 330 char *sd_name; 331 332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 333 asection *sd_seg; 334 335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 336 int sd_last_subseg; 337 338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 340 341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 343 }; 344 345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 346 347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 348 dictionary entries. */ 349 350 struct default_subspace_dict 351 { 352 /* Name of the subspace. */ 353 char *name; 354 355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 356 char defined; 357 358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 359 char loadable; 360 361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 362 char code_only; 363 364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 365 char comdat; 366 367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 368 char common; 369 370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 371 to be multiply defined. */ 372 char dup_common; 373 374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 375 char zero; 376 377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 378 unsigned char sort; 379 380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 382 int access; 383 384 /* Index of containing space. */ 385 int space_index; 386 387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 388 int alignment; 389 390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 391 int quadrant; 392 393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 394 int def_space_index; 395 396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 397 subsegT subsegment; 398 }; 399 400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space 401 dictionary entries. */ 402 403 struct default_space_dict 404 { 405 /* Name of the space. */ 406 char *name; 407 408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 409 assembly code numerically! */ 410 int spnum; 411 412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 413 char loadable; 414 415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 416 char defined; 417 418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 419 char private; 420 421 /* Sort key for this space. */ 422 unsigned char sort; 423 424 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 425 asection *segment; 426 }; 427 #endif 428 429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 431 label. */ 432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct 433 { 434 struct symbol *lss_label; 435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 437 #endif 438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 439 segT lss_segment; 440 #endif 441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 442 } 443 label_symbol_struct; 444 445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 446 struct hppa_fix_struct 447 { 448 /* The field selector. */ 449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 450 451 /* Type of fixup. */ 452 int fx_r_type; 453 454 /* Format of fixup. */ 455 int fx_r_format; 456 457 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 459 460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 461 segT segment; 462 }; 463 464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 465 466 struct pd_reg 467 { 468 char *name; 469 int value; 470 }; 471 472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 474 struct fp_cond_map 475 { 476 char *string; 477 int cond; 478 }; 479 480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 481 string to a field selector type. */ 482 struct selector_entry 483 { 484 char *prefix; 485 int field_selector; 486 }; 487 488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 489 490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 492 #endif 493 494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 495 static void pa_text (int); 496 static void pa_data (int); 497 static void pa_comm (int); 498 #endif 499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 500 static int exact_log2 (int); 501 static void pa_compiler (int); 502 static void pa_align (int); 503 static void pa_space (int); 504 static void pa_spnum (int); 505 static void pa_subspace (int); 506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int, 507 int, int, int, 508 asection *, int); 509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 510 char *, int, int, 511 int, int, int, int, 512 int, int, int, int, 513 int, asection *); 514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 515 char *, int, int, int, 516 int, int, int, int, 517 int, int, int, int, 518 asection *); 519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *); 520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *); 521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 523 subsegT); 524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int); 527 #endif 528 529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 530 531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 535 536 /* The current space and subspace. */ 537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 539 #endif 540 541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */ 542 static struct call_info *call_info_root; 543 544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure 545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 546 function labels. */ 547 static struct call_info *last_call_info; 548 549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 551 552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 553 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; 554 555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 559 560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 563 564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 567 568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 570 571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 573 const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 574 575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 577 578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 580 581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 583 584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 588 589 static struct pa_it the_insn; 590 591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 593 variable. */ 594 static char *expr_end; 595 596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 597 static int callinfo_found; 598 599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 600 static int within_entry_exit; 601 602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 603 static int within_procedure; 604 605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 606 seen in each subspace. */ 607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 608 609 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 610 611 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 612 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 613 614 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 615 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 616 by pa_parse_number. */ 617 static int strict; 618 619 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 620 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 621 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 622 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 623 register has a `r' suffix. */ 624 #define FP_REG_BASE 64 625 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128 626 static int pa_number; 627 628 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 629 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 630 static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 631 #endif 632 633 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 634 static int print_errors = 1; 635 636 /* List of registers that are pre-defined: 637 638 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 639 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 640 641 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 642 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 643 644 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 645 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 646 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 647 again have the value <REGNUM>. 648 649 Many registers also have synonyms: 650 651 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 652 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 653 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 654 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 655 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 656 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 657 658 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 659 here for brevity. 660 661 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 662 663 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 664 { 665 {"%arg0", 26}, 666 {"%arg1", 25}, 667 {"%arg2", 24}, 668 {"%arg3", 23}, 669 {"%cr0", 0}, 670 {"%cr10", 10}, 671 {"%cr11", 11}, 672 {"%cr12", 12}, 673 {"%cr13", 13}, 674 {"%cr14", 14}, 675 {"%cr15", 15}, 676 {"%cr16", 16}, 677 {"%cr17", 17}, 678 {"%cr18", 18}, 679 {"%cr19", 19}, 680 {"%cr20", 20}, 681 {"%cr21", 21}, 682 {"%cr22", 22}, 683 {"%cr23", 23}, 684 {"%cr24", 24}, 685 {"%cr25", 25}, 686 {"%cr26", 26}, 687 {"%cr27", 27}, 688 {"%cr28", 28}, 689 {"%cr29", 29}, 690 {"%cr30", 30}, 691 {"%cr31", 31}, 692 {"%cr8", 8}, 693 {"%cr9", 9}, 694 {"%dp", 27}, 695 {"%eiem", 15}, 696 {"%eirr", 23}, 697 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 698 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 699 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 700 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 701 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 702 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 704 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 707 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 708 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 709 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 711 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 713 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 714 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 716 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 717 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 719 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 720 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 722 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 723 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 725 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 726 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 728 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 729 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 731 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 732 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 734 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 735 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 737 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 738 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 740 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 741 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 742 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 744 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 746 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 747 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 749 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 750 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 752 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 753 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 755 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 756 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 758 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 759 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 761 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 762 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 764 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 765 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 767 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 768 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 770 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 771 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 773 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 774 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 775 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 777 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 779 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 780 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 784 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 785 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 787 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 788 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 790 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 791 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 793 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 794 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 796 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 797 {"%fret", 4}, 798 {"%hta", 25}, 799 {"%iir", 19}, 800 {"%ior", 21}, 801 {"%ipsw", 22}, 802 {"%isr", 20}, 803 {"%itmr", 16}, 804 {"%iva", 14}, 805 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 806 {"%mrp", 2}, 807 #else 808 {"%mrp", 31}, 809 #endif 810 {"%pcoq", 18}, 811 {"%pcsq", 17}, 812 {"%pidr1", 8}, 813 {"%pidr2", 9}, 814 {"%pidr3", 12}, 815 {"%pidr4", 13}, 816 {"%ppda", 24}, 817 {"%r0", 0}, 818 {"%r1", 1}, 819 {"%r10", 10}, 820 {"%r11", 11}, 821 {"%r12", 12}, 822 {"%r13", 13}, 823 {"%r14", 14}, 824 {"%r15", 15}, 825 {"%r16", 16}, 826 {"%r17", 17}, 827 {"%r18", 18}, 828 {"%r19", 19}, 829 {"%r2", 2}, 830 {"%r20", 20}, 831 {"%r21", 21}, 832 {"%r22", 22}, 833 {"%r23", 23}, 834 {"%r24", 24}, 835 {"%r25", 25}, 836 {"%r26", 26}, 837 {"%r27", 27}, 838 {"%r28", 28}, 839 {"%r29", 29}, 840 {"%r3", 3}, 841 {"%r30", 30}, 842 {"%r31", 31}, 843 {"%r4", 4}, 844 {"%r5", 5}, 845 {"%r6", 6}, 846 {"%r7", 7}, 847 {"%r8", 8}, 848 {"%r9", 9}, 849 {"%rctr", 0}, 850 {"%ret0", 28}, 851 {"%ret1", 29}, 852 {"%rp", 2}, 853 {"%sar", 11}, 854 {"%sp", 30}, 855 {"%sr0", 0}, 856 {"%sr1", 1}, 857 {"%sr2", 2}, 858 {"%sr3", 3}, 859 {"%sr4", 4}, 860 {"%sr5", 5}, 861 {"%sr6", 6}, 862 {"%sr7", 7}, 863 {"%t1", 22}, 864 {"%t2", 21}, 865 {"%t3", 20}, 866 {"%t4", 19}, 867 {"%tf1", 11}, 868 {"%tf2", 10}, 869 {"%tf3", 9}, 870 {"%tf4", 8}, 871 {"%tr0", 24}, 872 {"%tr1", 25}, 873 {"%tr2", 26}, 874 {"%tr3", 27}, 875 {"%tr4", 28}, 876 {"%tr5", 29}, 877 {"%tr6", 30}, 878 {"%tr7", 31} 879 }; 880 881 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 882 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 883 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 884 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 885 { 886 {"false?", 0}, 887 {"false", 1}, 888 {"true?", 30}, 889 {"true", 31}, 890 {"!<=>", 3}, 891 {"!?>=", 8}, 892 {"!?<=", 16}, 893 {"!<>", 7}, 894 {"!>=", 11}, 895 {"!?>", 12}, 896 {"?<=", 14}, 897 {"!<=", 19}, 898 {"!?<", 20}, 899 {"?>=", 22}, 900 {"!?=", 24}, 901 {"!=t", 27}, 902 {"<=>", 29}, 903 {"=t", 5}, 904 {"?=", 6}, 905 {"?<", 10}, 906 {"<=", 13}, 907 {"!>", 15}, 908 {"?>", 18}, 909 {">=", 21}, 910 {"!<", 23}, 911 {"<>", 25}, 912 {"!=", 26}, 913 {"!?", 28}, 914 {"?", 2}, 915 {"=", 4}, 916 {"<", 9}, 917 {">", 17} 918 }; 919 920 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 921 { 922 {"f", e_fsel}, 923 {"l", e_lsel}, 924 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 925 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 926 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 927 {"ls", e_lssel}, 928 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 929 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 930 {"n", e_nsel}, 931 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 932 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 933 {"p", e_psel}, 934 {"r", e_rsel}, 935 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 936 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 937 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 938 {"rs", e_rssel}, 939 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 940 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 941 {"t", e_tsel}, 942 }; 943 944 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 945 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 946 947 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 948 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 949 950 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 951 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0 952 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1 953 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 954 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0 955 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2 956 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 957 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 958 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 959 960 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 961 { 962 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 963 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 964 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 965 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 966 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 967 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 968 }; 969 970 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 971 { 972 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 973 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 974 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 975 }; 976 977 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 978 979 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 980 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 981 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 982 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 983 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 984 985 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 986 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 987 #endif 988 989 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 990 a right or left half of a FP register */ 991 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 992 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 993 994 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 995 996 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 997 { \ 998 if (immediate_check) \ 999 { \ 1000 if (pos == -1) \ 1001 pos = (VALUE); \ 1002 else if (len == -1) \ 1003 len = (VALUE); \ 1004 } \ 1005 } 1006 1007 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1008 main loop after insertion. */ 1009 1010 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1011 { \ 1012 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1013 continue; \ 1014 } 1015 1016 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1017 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1018 1019 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1020 { \ 1021 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1022 { \ 1023 if (! IGNORE) \ 1024 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1025 (int) (FIELD));\ 1026 break; \ 1027 } \ 1028 } 1029 1030 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1031 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1032 1033 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1034 { \ 1035 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1036 { \ 1037 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1038 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1039 (int) (FIELD));\ 1040 break; \ 1041 } \ 1042 } 1043 1044 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1045 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1046 1047 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1048 { \ 1049 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1050 { \ 1051 if (! IGNORE) \ 1052 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1053 (int) (FIELD));\ 1054 break; \ 1055 } \ 1056 } 1057 1058 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1059 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1060 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1061 1062 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1063 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1064 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1065 1066 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1067 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1068 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1069 1070 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1071 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1072 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1073 1074 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1075 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1076 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1077 1078 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1079 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1080 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1081 1082 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1083 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1084 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1085 1086 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1087 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1088 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1089 1090 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1091 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1092 need real complex handling yet. */ 1093 #define is_complex(exp) \ 1094 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1095 1096 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1097 1098 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1099 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1100 1101 void 1102 pa_check_eof (void) 1103 { 1104 if (within_entry_exit) 1105 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1106 1107 if (within_procedure) 1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1109 } 1110 1111 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1112 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1113 1114 static label_symbol_struct * 1115 pa_get_label (void) 1116 { 1117 label_symbol_struct *label_chain; 1118 1119 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1120 label_chain; 1121 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next) 1122 { 1123 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1124 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1125 return label_chain; 1126 #endif 1127 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1128 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1129 return label_chain; 1130 #endif 1131 } 1132 1133 return NULL; 1134 } 1135 1136 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1137 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1138 1139 void 1140 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1141 { 1142 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label (); 1143 1144 if (label_chain) 1145 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1146 else 1147 { 1148 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */ 1149 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct)); 1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1151 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1152 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1153 #endif 1154 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1155 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1156 #endif 1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1158 1159 if (label_symbols_rootp) 1160 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp; 1161 1162 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1163 } 1164 1165 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1166 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1167 #endif 1168 } 1169 1170 /* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1171 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1172 1173 static void 1174 pa_undefine_label (void) 1175 { 1176 label_symbol_struct *label_chain; 1177 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL; 1178 1179 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1180 label_chain; 1181 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next) 1182 { 1183 if (1 1184 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1185 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label 1186 #endif 1187 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1188 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label 1189 #endif 1190 ) 1191 { 1192 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */ 1193 if (prev_label_chain) 1194 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next; 1195 else 1196 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next; 1197 1198 free (label_chain); 1199 break; 1200 } 1201 prev_label_chain = label_chain; 1202 } 1203 } 1204 1205 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1206 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1207 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1208 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1209 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1210 tc_fix_data field. */ 1211 1212 static void 1213 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1214 int where, 1215 int size, 1216 symbolS *add_symbol, 1217 offsetT offset, 1218 expressionS *exp, 1219 int pcrel, 1220 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1221 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1222 int r_format, 1223 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1224 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1225 { 1226 fixS *new_fix; 1227 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 1228 1229 if (exp != NULL) 1230 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1231 else 1232 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1233 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1234 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1235 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1236 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1237 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1238 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1240 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1241 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1242 #endif 1243 1244 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1245 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1246 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1247 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1248 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1249 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1250 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1251 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1252 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1253 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1256 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1257 } 1258 1259 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1260 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1261 1262 void 1263 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp, 1264 int hppa_field_selector) 1265 { 1266 unsigned int rel_type; 1267 1268 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1269 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1270 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1271 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1272 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1273 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1274 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1275 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1276 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1277 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1278 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1280 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1282 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1284 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1286 #endif 1287 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1288 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1289 else 1290 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1291 1292 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1293 { 1294 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1295 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1296 } 1297 1298 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1299 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1300 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1301 } 1302 1303 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1304 1305 static void 1306 get_expression (char *str) 1307 { 1308 char *save_in; 1309 asection *seg; 1310 1311 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1312 input_line_pointer = str; 1313 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1314 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1315 || seg == undefined_section 1316 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1317 { 1318 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1319 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1320 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1321 return; 1322 } 1323 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1324 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1325 } 1326 1327 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1328 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1329 1330 static int 1331 pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1332 { 1333 int nullif; 1334 1335 nullif = 0; 1336 if (**s == ',') 1337 { 1338 *s = *s + 1; 1339 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1340 nullif = 1; 1341 else 1342 { 1343 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1344 nullif = 0; 1345 } 1346 *s = *s + 1; 1347 } 1348 1349 return nullif; 1350 } 1351 1352 char * 1353 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1354 { 1355 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1356 } 1357 1358 /* Write out big-endian. */ 1359 1360 void 1361 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1362 { 1363 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1364 } 1365 1366 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1367 format. */ 1368 1369 arelent ** 1370 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1371 { 1372 arelent *reloc; 1373 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1374 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1375 arelent **relocs; 1376 reloc_type **codes; 1377 reloc_type code; 1378 int n_relocs; 1379 int i; 1380 1381 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1382 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1383 return &no_relocs; 1384 1385 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1386 gas_assert (section != 0); 1387 1388 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent)); 1389 1390 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1391 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1392 1393 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1394 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1395 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1396 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1397 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1398 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1399 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1400 { 1401 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1402 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1403 } 1404 1405 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1406 fixp->fx_r_type, 1407 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1408 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1409 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1410 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1411 1412 if (codes == NULL) 1413 { 1414 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1415 abort (); 1416 } 1417 1418 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1419 ; 1420 1421 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1); 1422 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs); 1423 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1424 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1425 1426 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1427 1428 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1429 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1430 { 1431 default: 1432 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1433 1434 code = *codes[0]; 1435 1436 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1437 switch (code) 1438 { 1439 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1440 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1441 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1442 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1443 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1444 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1445 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1446 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1447 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1448 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1449 1450 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1451 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1452 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1453 reloc->addend = 0; 1454 break; 1455 1456 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1457 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1458 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1459 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1460 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1461 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1462 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1463 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1464 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1465 fixp->fx_offset); 1466 break; 1467 #endif 1468 1469 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1470 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1471 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1472 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1473 /* Fall thru */ 1474 1475 default: 1476 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1477 break; 1478 } 1479 1480 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1481 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1482 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1483 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1484 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1485 1486 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1487 break; 1488 } 1489 #else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1490 1491 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1492 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1493 { 1494 code = *codes[i]; 1495 1496 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1497 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1498 relocs[i]->howto = 1499 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1500 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1501 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1502 1503 switch (code) 1504 { 1505 case R_COMP2: 1506 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1507 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1508 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1509 gas_assert (i == 1); 1510 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1511 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1512 relocs[0]->howto 1513 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1514 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1515 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1516 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1517 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1518 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1519 relocs[1]->howto 1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1522 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1523 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1524 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1525 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1526 relocs[2]->howto 1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1529 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1530 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1531 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1532 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1533 relocs[3]->howto 1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1536 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1537 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1538 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1540 relocs[4]->howto 1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1543 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1544 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1545 goto done; 1546 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1547 case R_ABS_CALL: 1548 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1549 break; 1550 1551 case R_DLT_REL: 1552 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1553 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1554 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1555 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1556 (static link required). 1557 1558 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1559 1560 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1561 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1562 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1563 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1564 break; 1565 1566 case R_N_MODE: 1567 case R_S_MODE: 1568 case R_D_MODE: 1569 case R_R_MODE: 1570 case R_FSEL: 1571 case R_LSEL: 1572 case R_RSEL: 1573 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1574 case R_END_BRTAB: 1575 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1576 case R_N0SEL: 1577 case R_N1SEL: 1578 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1579 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1580 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1581 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1582 break; 1583 1584 case R_END_TRY: 1585 case R_ENTRY: 1586 case R_EXIT: 1587 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1588 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1589 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1590 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1591 break; 1592 1593 default: 1594 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1595 } 1596 } 1597 1598 done: 1599 #endif 1600 1601 return relocs; 1602 } 1603 1604 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1605 1606 void 1607 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1608 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1609 fragS *fragP) 1610 { 1611 unsigned int address; 1612 1613 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1614 { 1615 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1616 { 1617 case 0: 1618 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1619 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1620 know (fragP->fr_next); 1621 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1622 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1623 { 1624 fragP->fr_offset = 1625 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1626 - fragP->fr_address 1627 - fragP->fr_fix; 1628 } 1629 else 1630 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1631 break; 1632 } 1633 } 1634 } 1635 1636 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1637 1638 valueT 1639 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1640 { 1641 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment); 1642 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1643 1644 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1645 } 1646 1647 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1648 1649 int 1650 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1651 { 1652 int size; 1653 1654 size = 0; 1655 1656 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1657 size++; 1658 1659 return size; 1660 } 1661 1662 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1664 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1665 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1666 # else 1667 const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1668 # endif 1669 #else 1670 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1671 const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1672 # else 1673 const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1674 # endif 1675 #endif 1676 1677 struct option md_longopts[] = 1678 { 1679 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1680 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1681 #endif 1682 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1683 }; 1684 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1685 1686 int 1687 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1688 { 1689 switch (c) 1690 { 1691 default: 1692 return 0; 1693 1694 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1695 case 'V': 1696 print_version_id (); 1697 break; 1698 #endif 1699 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1700 case 'c': 1701 warn_comment = 1; 1702 break; 1703 #endif 1704 } 1705 1706 return 1; 1707 } 1708 1709 void 1710 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1711 { 1712 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1713 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1714 -Q ignored\n")); 1715 #endif 1716 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1717 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1718 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1719 #endif 1720 } 1721 1722 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1724 1725 symbolS * 1726 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1727 { 1728 return NULL; 1729 } 1730 1731 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1732 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1733 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1734 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1735 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1736 #else 1737 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1738 #endif 1739 1740 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1741 1742 void 1743 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1744 { 1745 char *fixpos; 1746 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1747 offsetT new_val; 1748 int insn, val, fmt; 1749 1750 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1751 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1752 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1753 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1754 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1755 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1756 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1757 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1758 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1759 return; 1760 1761 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1762 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1763 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1764 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1765 { 1766 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1767 return; 1768 } 1769 #endif 1770 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1771 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1772 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1773 return; 1774 #endif 1775 1776 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1777 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1778 1779 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1780 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1781 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1782 { 1783 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1784 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1785 fixP->fx_r_type); 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 1789 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1790 1791 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1792 { 1793 /* Handle constant output. */ 1794 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1795 return; 1796 } 1797 1798 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1799 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1800 1801 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1802 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1803 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1804 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1805 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1806 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1807 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1808 && fmt != 32 1809 #endif 1810 ) 1811 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1813 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1814 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1815 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1816 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1817 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1818 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1819 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1820 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1821 #endif 1822 else 1823 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1824 1825 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1826 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1827 && fixP->fx_addsy 1828 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1829 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1830 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1831 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1832 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1833 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1834 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1835 #endif 1836 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1837 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1838 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1839 #endif 1840 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1841 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1842 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1843 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1844 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1845 { 1846 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1847 } 1848 1849 switch (fmt) 1850 { 1851 case 10: 1852 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1853 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1854 val = new_val; 1855 1856 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1857 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1858 break; 1859 case -11: 1860 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1861 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1862 val = new_val; 1863 1864 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1865 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1866 break; 1867 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1868 case 14: 1869 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1870 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1871 val = new_val; 1872 1873 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1874 break; 1875 1876 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1877 case 21: 1878 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1879 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1880 val = new_val; 1881 1882 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1883 break; 1884 1885 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1886 case 11: 1887 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1888 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1889 val = new_val; 1890 1891 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1892 break; 1893 1894 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1895 case 12: 1896 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1897 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1898 val = new_val - 8; 1899 1900 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1901 break; 1902 1903 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1904 case 17: 1905 { 1906 offsetT distance = * valP; 1907 1908 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1909 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1910 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1911 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1912 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1913 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1914 1915 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1916 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1917 val = new_val - 8; 1918 1919 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1920 break; 1921 } 1922 1923 case 22: 1924 { 1925 offsetT distance = * valP; 1926 1927 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1928 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1929 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1930 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1931 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1932 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1933 1934 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1935 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1936 val = new_val - 8; 1937 1938 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1939 break; 1940 } 1941 1942 case -10: 1943 val = new_val; 1944 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1945 break; 1946 1947 case -16: 1948 val = new_val; 1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1950 break; 1951 1952 case 16: 1953 val = new_val; 1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1955 break; 1956 1957 case 32: 1958 insn = new_val; 1959 break; 1960 1961 default: 1962 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1963 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1964 return; 1965 } 1966 1967 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1968 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1969 { 1970 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1971 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1972 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1973 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1974 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1978 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1979 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1980 break; 1981 default: 1982 break; 1983 } 1984 #endif 1985 1986 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1987 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1988 } 1989 1990 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1991 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1992 1993 long 1994 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 1995 { 1996 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 1997 } 1998 1999 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 2000 a statement. */ 2001 2002 static int 2003 is_end_of_statement (void) 2004 { 2005 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 2006 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 2007 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 2008 } 2009 2010 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 2011 2012 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 2013 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 2014 2015 static int 2016 reg_name_search (char *name) 2017 { 2018 int middle, low, high; 2019 int cmp; 2020 2021 low = 0; 2022 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 2023 2024 do 2025 { 2026 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2027 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 2028 if (cmp < 0) 2029 high = middle - 1; 2030 else if (cmp > 0) 2031 low = middle + 1; 2032 else 2033 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2034 } 2035 while (low <= high); 2036 2037 return -1; 2038 } 2039 2040 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2041 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2042 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2043 2044 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2045 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2046 returned in `pa_number'. 2047 2048 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2049 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2050 not set. 2051 2052 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2053 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2054 2055 static int 2056 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2057 { 2058 int num; 2059 char *name; 2060 char c; 2061 symbolS *sym; 2062 int status; 2063 char *p = *s; 2064 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2065 2066 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2067 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2068 p = p + 1; 2069 2070 pa_number = -1; 2071 have_prefix = 0; 2072 num = 0; 2073 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2074 { 2075 /* Looks like a number. */ 2076 2077 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2078 { 2079 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2080 p += 2; 2081 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2082 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2083 { 2084 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2085 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2086 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2087 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2088 else 2089 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2090 ++p; 2091 } 2092 } 2093 else 2094 { 2095 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2096 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2097 { 2098 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2099 ++p; 2100 } 2101 } 2102 2103 pa_number = num; 2104 2105 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2106 if (is_float) 2107 { 2108 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2109 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2110 { 2111 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2112 { 2113 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2114 ++p; 2115 } 2116 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2117 { 2118 ++p; 2119 } 2120 } 2121 } 2122 } 2123 else if (*p == '%') 2124 { 2125 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2126 have_prefix = 1; 2127 name = p; 2128 p++; 2129 c = *p; 2130 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2131 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2132 slow. */ 2133 if (c == 'r') 2134 { 2135 p++; 2136 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2137 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2138 { 2139 p += 2; 2140 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2141 p++; 2142 } 2143 else if (*p == 'p') 2144 { 2145 num = 2; 2146 p++; 2147 } 2148 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2149 { 2150 if (print_errors) 2151 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2152 num = -1; 2153 } 2154 else 2155 { 2156 do 2157 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2158 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2159 } 2160 } 2161 else 2162 { 2163 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2164 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2165 { 2166 p = p + 1; 2167 c = *p; 2168 } 2169 *p = 0; 2170 status = reg_name_search (name); 2171 if (status >= 0) 2172 num = status; 2173 else 2174 { 2175 if (print_errors) 2176 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2177 num = -1; 2178 } 2179 *p = c; 2180 } 2181 2182 pa_number = num; 2183 } 2184 else 2185 { 2186 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2187 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2188 name = p; 2189 c = *p; 2190 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2191 { 2192 p = p + 1; 2193 c = *p; 2194 } 2195 *p = 0; 2196 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2197 { 2198 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2199 { 2200 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2201 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2202 register, so... */ 2203 have_prefix = TRUE; 2204 } 2205 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr) 2206 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2207 else if (!strict) 2208 { 2209 if (print_errors) 2210 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2211 num = -1; 2212 } 2213 } 2214 else if (!strict) 2215 { 2216 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2217 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2218 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2219 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2220 if (*name == 0) 2221 num = 0; 2222 else 2223 { 2224 if (print_errors) 2225 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2226 num = -1; 2227 } 2228 } 2229 *p = c; 2230 2231 pa_number = num; 2232 } 2233 2234 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2235 { 2236 *s = p; 2237 return 1; 2238 } 2239 return 0; 2240 } 2241 2242 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2243 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2244 2245 static int 2246 need_pa11_opcode (void) 2247 { 2248 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2249 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2250 { 2251 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2252 then set a new architecture. */ 2253 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2254 { 2255 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2256 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2257 } 2258 return TRUE; 2259 } 2260 else 2261 return FALSE; 2262 } 2263 2264 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2265 code associated with the condition. */ 2266 2267 static int 2268 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2269 { 2270 int cond, i; 2271 2272 cond = 0; 2273 2274 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2275 { 2276 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2277 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2278 { 2279 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2280 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2281 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2282 report an error. */ 2283 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2284 { 2285 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2286 break; 2287 } 2288 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2289 *s = *s + 1; 2290 return cond; 2291 } 2292 } 2293 2294 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2295 2296 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2297 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2298 *s += 1; 2299 2300 return 0; 2301 } 2302 2303 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2304 2305 static int 2306 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2307 { 2308 int value; 2309 2310 value = 0; 2311 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2312 { 2313 value = 5; 2314 *s += 4; 2315 } 2316 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2317 { 2318 value = 9; 2319 *s += 4; 2320 } 2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2322 { 2323 value = 13; 2324 *s += 4; 2325 } 2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2327 { 2328 value = 17; 2329 *s += 4; 2330 } 2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2332 { 2333 value = 1; 2334 *s += 3; 2335 } 2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2337 { 2338 value = 6; 2339 *s += 4; 2340 } 2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2342 { 2343 value = 2; 2344 *s += 3; 2345 } 2346 else 2347 { 2348 value = 0; 2349 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2350 } 2351 2352 return value; 2353 } 2354 2355 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2356 type. */ 2357 2358 static fp_operand_format 2359 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2360 { 2361 int format; 2362 2363 format = SGL; 2364 if (**s == ',') 2365 { 2366 *s += 1; 2367 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2368 { 2369 format = SGL; 2370 *s += 4; 2371 } 2372 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2373 { 2374 format = DBL; 2375 *s += 4; 2376 } 2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2378 { 2379 format = QUAD; 2380 *s += 5; 2381 } 2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2383 { 2384 format = W; 2385 *s += 2; 2386 } 2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2388 { 2389 format = UW; 2390 *s += 3; 2391 } 2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2393 { 2394 format = DW; 2395 *s += 3; 2396 } 2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2398 { 2399 format = UDW; 2400 *s += 4; 2401 } 2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2403 { 2404 format = QW; 2405 *s += 3; 2406 } 2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2408 { 2409 format = UQW; 2410 *s += 4; 2411 } 2412 else 2413 { 2414 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2415 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2416 } 2417 } 2418 2419 return format; 2420 } 2421 2422 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2423 type. */ 2424 2425 static fp_operand_format 2426 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2427 { 2428 int format; 2429 2430 format = SGL; 2431 if (**s == ',') 2432 { 2433 *s += 1; 2434 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2435 { 2436 format = SGL; 2437 *s += 4; 2438 } 2439 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2440 { 2441 format = DBL; 2442 *s += 4; 2443 } 2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2445 { 2446 format = QUAD; 2447 *s += 5; 2448 } 2449 else 2450 { 2451 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2452 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2453 } 2454 } 2455 2456 return format; 2457 } 2458 2459 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2460 2461 static int 2462 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2463 { 2464 int middle, low, high; 2465 int cmp; 2466 char name[4]; 2467 2468 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2469 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2470 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2471 *str = *str + 1; 2472 2473 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2474 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2475 name[1] = 0; 2476 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2477 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2478 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2479 name[2] = 0; 2480 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2481 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2482 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2483 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2484 name[3] = 0; 2485 else 2486 return e_fsel; 2487 2488 low = 0; 2489 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2490 2491 do 2492 { 2493 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2494 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2495 if (cmp < 0) 2496 high = middle - 1; 2497 else if (cmp > 0) 2498 low = middle + 1; 2499 else 2500 { 2501 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2502 #ifndef OBJ_SOM 2503 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2504 return e_fsel; 2505 #endif 2506 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2507 } 2508 } 2509 while (low <= high); 2510 2511 return e_fsel; 2512 } 2513 2514 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2515 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2516 2517 int 2518 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2519 { 2520 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2521 expression (exp); 2522 return hppa_field_selector; 2523 } 2524 2525 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2526 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2527 static int 2528 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2529 { 2530 offsetT value; 2531 expressionS exp; 2532 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2533 2534 exp = insn->exp; 2535 value = exp.X_add_number; 2536 2537 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2538 } 2539 2540 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2541 2542 static int 2543 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2544 { 2545 char *save_in; 2546 2547 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2548 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2549 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2550 expression (&insn->exp); 2551 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2552 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2553 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2554 { 2555 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */ 2556 if (!strict) 2557 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2558 return 0; 2559 } 2560 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2561 } 2562 2563 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the 2564 first whitespace character. */ 2565 2566 static int 2567 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2568 { 2569 char *save_in; 2570 char *s, c; 2571 int result; 2572 2573 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2574 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2575 2576 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2577 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2578 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the 2579 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling 2580 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered 2581 in the symbol table. 2582 2583 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string 2584 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally 2585 contain no whitespace. */ 2586 2587 s = *strp; 2588 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2589 s++; 2590 2591 c = *s; 2592 *s = 0; 2593 2594 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2595 2596 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2597 *s = c; 2598 return result; 2599 } 2600 2601 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2602 argument location number. */ 2603 2604 static unsigned int 2605 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2606 { 2607 2608 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2609 return 0; 2610 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2611 return 1; 2612 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2613 return 2; 2614 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2615 return 3; 2616 else 2617 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2618 2619 return 0; 2620 } 2621 2622 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2623 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2624 2625 static unsigned int 2626 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2627 { 2628 unsigned int new_reloc; 2629 2630 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2631 switch (reg) 2632 { 2633 case 0: 2634 new_reloc <<= 8; 2635 break; 2636 case 1: 2637 new_reloc <<= 6; 2638 break; 2639 case 2: 2640 new_reloc <<= 4; 2641 break; 2642 case 3: 2643 new_reloc <<= 2; 2644 break; 2645 default: 2646 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2647 } 2648 2649 return new_reloc; 2650 } 2651 2652 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2653 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2654 2655 static int 2656 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2657 { 2658 int cmpltr; 2659 char *name = *s + 1; 2660 char c; 2661 char *save_s = *s; 2662 int nullify = 0; 2663 2664 cmpltr = 0; 2665 if (**s == ',') 2666 { 2667 *s += 1; 2668 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2669 *s += 1; 2670 c = **s; 2671 **s = 0x00; 2672 2673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2674 { 2675 cmpltr = 1; 2676 } 2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2678 { 2679 cmpltr = 2; 2680 } 2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2682 { 2683 cmpltr = 3; 2684 } 2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2686 { 2687 cmpltr = 4; 2688 } 2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2690 { 2691 cmpltr = 5; 2692 } 2693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2694 { 2695 cmpltr = 6; 2696 } 2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2698 { 2699 cmpltr = 7; 2700 } 2701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2702 completer. */ 2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2704 { 2705 cmpltr = 0; 2706 nullify = 1; 2707 } 2708 else 2709 { 2710 cmpltr = -1; 2711 } 2712 **s = c; 2713 } 2714 2715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2716 if (nullify) 2717 *s = save_s; 2718 2719 return cmpltr; 2720 } 2721 2722 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2723 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2724 2725 static int 2726 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2727 { 2728 int cmpltr; 2729 char *name = *s + 1; 2730 char c; 2731 char *save_s = *s; 2732 int nullify = 0; 2733 2734 cmpltr = 0; 2735 if (**s == ',') 2736 { 2737 *s += 1; 2738 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2739 *s += 1; 2740 c = **s; 2741 **s = 0x00; 2742 2743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2744 { 2745 cmpltr = 0; 2746 } 2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2748 { 2749 cmpltr = 1; 2750 } 2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2752 { 2753 cmpltr = 2; 2754 } 2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2756 { 2757 cmpltr = 3; 2758 } 2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2760 { 2761 cmpltr = 4; 2762 } 2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2764 { 2765 cmpltr = 5; 2766 } 2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2768 { 2769 cmpltr = 6; 2770 } 2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2772 { 2773 cmpltr = 7; 2774 } 2775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2776 completer. */ 2777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2778 { 2779 cmpltr = 0; 2780 nullify = 1; 2781 } 2782 else 2783 { 2784 cmpltr = -1; 2785 } 2786 **s = c; 2787 } 2788 2789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2790 if (nullify) 2791 *s = save_s; 2792 2793 return cmpltr; 2794 } 2795 2796 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2797 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2798 2799 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2800 returned as 8-15. */ 2801 2802 static int 2803 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2804 { 2805 int cmpltr; 2806 char *name = *s + 1; 2807 char c; 2808 2809 cmpltr = -1; 2810 if (**s == ',') 2811 { 2812 *s += 1; 2813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2814 *s += 1; 2815 c = **s; 2816 **s = 0x00; 2817 2818 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2819 { 2820 cmpltr = 0; 2821 } 2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2823 { 2824 cmpltr = 1; 2825 } 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2827 { 2828 cmpltr = 2; 2829 } 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2831 { 2832 cmpltr = 3; 2833 } 2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2835 { 2836 cmpltr = 4; 2837 } 2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2839 { 2840 cmpltr = 5; 2841 } 2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2843 { 2844 cmpltr = 6; 2845 } 2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2847 { 2848 cmpltr = 7; 2849 } 2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2851 { 2852 cmpltr = 8; 2853 } 2854 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2855 { 2856 cmpltr = 9; 2857 } 2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2859 { 2860 cmpltr = 10; 2861 } 2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2863 { 2864 cmpltr = 11; 2865 } 2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2867 { 2868 cmpltr = 12; 2869 } 2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2871 { 2872 cmpltr = 13; 2873 } 2874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2875 { 2876 cmpltr = 14; 2877 } 2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2879 { 2880 cmpltr = 15; 2881 } 2882 else 2883 { 2884 cmpltr = -1; 2885 } 2886 **s = c; 2887 } 2888 2889 return cmpltr; 2890 } 2891 2892 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2893 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2894 2895 static int 2896 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2897 { 2898 int cmpltr; 2899 char *name = *s + 1; 2900 char c; 2901 2902 cmpltr = -1; 2903 if (**s == ',') 2904 { 2905 *s += 1; 2906 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2907 *s += 1; 2908 c = **s; 2909 **s = 0x00; 2910 2911 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2912 { 2913 cmpltr = 0; 2914 } 2915 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2916 { 2917 cmpltr = 1; 2918 } 2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2920 { 2921 cmpltr = 2; 2922 } 2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2924 { 2925 cmpltr = 3; 2926 } 2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2928 { 2929 cmpltr = 4; 2930 } 2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2932 { 2933 cmpltr = 5; 2934 } 2935 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2936 { 2937 cmpltr = 6; 2938 } 2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2940 { 2941 cmpltr = 7; 2942 } 2943 else 2944 { 2945 cmpltr = -1; 2946 } 2947 **s = c; 2948 } 2949 2950 return cmpltr; 2951 } 2952 2953 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2954 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2955 2956 static int 2957 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2958 { 2959 int cmpltr; 2960 char *name = *s + 1; 2961 char c; 2962 char *save_s = *s; 2963 int nullify = 0; 2964 2965 cmpltr = 0; 2966 if (**s == ',') 2967 { 2968 *s += 1; 2969 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2970 *s += 1; 2971 c = **s; 2972 **s = 0x00; 2973 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2974 { 2975 cmpltr = 1; 2976 } 2977 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2978 { 2979 cmpltr = 2; 2980 } 2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2982 { 2983 cmpltr = 3; 2984 } 2985 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2986 { 2987 cmpltr = 4; 2988 } 2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2990 { 2991 cmpltr = 5; 2992 } 2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2994 { 2995 cmpltr = 6; 2996 } 2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2998 { 2999 cmpltr = 7; 3000 } 3001 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3002 completer. */ 3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3004 { 3005 cmpltr = 0; 3006 nullify = 1; 3007 } 3008 else 3009 { 3010 cmpltr = -1; 3011 } 3012 **s = c; 3013 } 3014 3015 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3016 if (nullify) 3017 *s = save_s; 3018 3019 return cmpltr; 3020 } 3021 3022 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 3023 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3024 3025 static int 3026 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 3027 { 3028 int cmpltr; 3029 char *name = *s + 1; 3030 char c; 3031 char *save_s = *s; 3032 int nullify = 0; 3033 3034 cmpltr = 0; 3035 if (**s == ',') 3036 { 3037 *s += 1; 3038 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3039 *s += 1; 3040 c = **s; 3041 **s = 0x00; 3042 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3043 { 3044 cmpltr = 0; 3045 } 3046 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3047 { 3048 cmpltr = 1; 3049 } 3050 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3051 { 3052 cmpltr = 2; 3053 } 3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3055 { 3056 cmpltr = 3; 3057 } 3058 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3059 { 3060 cmpltr = 4; 3061 } 3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3063 { 3064 cmpltr = 5; 3065 } 3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3067 { 3068 cmpltr = 6; 3069 } 3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3071 { 3072 cmpltr = 7; 3073 } 3074 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3075 completer. */ 3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3077 { 3078 cmpltr = 0; 3079 nullify = 1; 3080 } 3081 else 3082 { 3083 cmpltr = -1; 3084 } 3085 **s = c; 3086 } 3087 3088 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3089 if (nullify) 3090 *s = save_s; 3091 3092 return cmpltr; 3093 } 3094 3095 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3096 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3097 3098 static int 3099 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3100 { 3101 int cmpltr; 3102 char *name = *s + 1; 3103 char c; 3104 char *save_s = *s; 3105 int nullify = 0; 3106 3107 cmpltr = 0; 3108 if (**s == ',') 3109 { 3110 *s += 1; 3111 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3112 *s += 1; 3113 c = **s; 3114 **s = 0x00; 3115 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3116 { 3117 cmpltr = 1; 3118 } 3119 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3120 { 3121 cmpltr = 2; 3122 } 3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3124 { 3125 cmpltr = 3; 3126 } 3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3128 { 3129 cmpltr = 4; 3130 } 3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3132 { 3133 cmpltr = 5; 3134 } 3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3136 { 3137 cmpltr = 6; 3138 } 3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3140 { 3141 cmpltr = 7; 3142 } 3143 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3144 { 3145 cmpltr = 8; 3146 } 3147 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3148 { 3149 cmpltr = 9; 3150 } 3151 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3152 { 3153 cmpltr = 10; 3154 } 3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3156 { 3157 cmpltr = 11; 3158 } 3159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3160 { 3161 cmpltr = 12; 3162 } 3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3164 { 3165 cmpltr = 13; 3166 } 3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3168 { 3169 cmpltr = 14; 3170 } 3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3172 { 3173 cmpltr = 15; 3174 } 3175 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3176 completer. */ 3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3178 { 3179 cmpltr = 0; 3180 nullify = 1; 3181 } 3182 else 3183 { 3184 cmpltr = -1; 3185 } 3186 **s = c; 3187 } 3188 3189 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3190 if (nullify) 3191 *s = save_s; 3192 3193 return cmpltr; 3194 } 3195 3196 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3197 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3198 3199 static void 3200 pa_ip (char *str) 3201 { 3202 char *error_message = ""; 3203 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3204 const char *args; 3205 int match = FALSE; 3206 int comma = 0; 3207 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3208 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3209 unsigned long opcode; 3210 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3211 3212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 3213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3215 #endif 3216 3217 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3218 case. */ 3219 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3220 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3221 3222 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3223 for (s = str; 3224 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3225 ++s) 3226 ; 3227 3228 switch (*s) 3229 { 3230 3231 case '\0': 3232 break; 3233 3234 case ',': 3235 comma = 1; 3236 3237 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3238 3239 case ' ': 3240 *s++ = '\0'; 3241 break; 3242 3243 default: 3244 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3245 return; 3246 } 3247 3248 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3249 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3250 { 3251 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3252 return; 3253 } 3254 3255 if (comma) 3256 *--s = ','; 3257 3258 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3259 start processing them. */ 3260 argstart = s; 3261 for (;;) 3262 { 3263 /* Do some initialization. */ 3264 opcode = insn->match; 3265 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3266 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3267 need_cond = 1; 3268 3269 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3270 3271 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3272 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3273 goto failed; 3274 3275 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3276 sure that the operands match. */ 3277 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3278 { 3279 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3280 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3281 s++; 3282 3283 switch (*args) 3284 { 3285 /* End of arguments. */ 3286 case '\0': 3287 if (*s == '\0') 3288 match = TRUE; 3289 break; 3290 3291 case '+': 3292 if (*s == '+') 3293 { 3294 ++s; 3295 continue; 3296 } 3297 if (*s == '-') 3298 continue; 3299 break; 3300 3301 /* These must match exactly. */ 3302 case '(': 3303 case ')': 3304 case ',': 3305 case ' ': 3306 if (*s++ == *args) 3307 continue; 3308 break; 3309 3310 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3311 case 'b': 3312 case '^': 3313 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3314 break; 3315 num = pa_number; 3316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3318 3319 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3320 is there. */ 3321 case '!': 3322 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3323 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3324 s = s + 1; 3325 3326 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3327 { 3328 s += 4; 3329 continue; 3330 } 3331 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3332 { 3333 s += 5; 3334 continue; 3335 } 3336 break; 3337 3338 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3339 case 'x': 3340 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3341 break; 3342 num = pa_number; 3343 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3344 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3345 3346 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3347 case 't': 3348 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3349 break; 3350 num = pa_number; 3351 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3352 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3353 3354 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3355 case 'a': 3356 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3357 break; 3358 num = pa_number; 3359 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3360 opcode |= num << 16; 3361 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3362 3363 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3364 case 'T': 3365 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3366 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3367 break; 3368 s = expr_end; 3369 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3370 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3371 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3372 3373 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3374 case '5': 3375 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3376 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3377 break; 3378 s = expr_end; 3379 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3380 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3381 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3382 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3383 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3384 3385 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3386 case 'V': 3387 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3388 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3389 break; 3390 s = expr_end; 3391 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3392 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3393 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3394 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3395 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3396 3397 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3398 case 'r': 3399 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3400 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3401 break; 3402 s = expr_end; 3403 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3404 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3405 3406 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3407 case 'R': 3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3410 break; 3411 s = expr_end; 3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3414 3415 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3416 case 'U': 3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3419 break; 3420 s = expr_end; 3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3423 3424 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3425 case 's': 3426 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3427 break; 3428 num = pa_number; 3429 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3431 3432 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3433 case 'S': 3434 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3435 break; 3436 num = pa_number; 3437 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3438 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3439 continue; 3440 3441 /* Handle all completers. */ 3442 case 'c': 3443 switch (*++args) 3444 { 3445 3446 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3447 case 'X': 3448 case 'x': 3449 { 3450 int uu = 0; 3451 int m = 0; 3452 int i = 0; 3453 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3454 { 3455 s++; 3456 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3457 { 3458 uu = 1; 3459 m = 1; 3460 s++; 3461 i++; 3462 } 3463 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3464 m = 1; 3465 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3466 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3467 uu = 1; 3468 else if (strict) 3469 { 3470 /* This is a match failure. */ 3471 s--; 3472 break; 3473 } 3474 else 3475 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3476 s++; 3477 i++; 3478 } 3479 if (i > 2) 3480 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3481 opcode |= m << 5; 3482 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3483 } 3484 3485 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3486 case 'M': 3487 case 'm': 3488 case 'q': 3489 case 'J': 3490 case 'e': 3491 { 3492 int a = 0; 3493 int m = 0; 3494 if (*s == ',') 3495 { 3496 s++; 3497 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3498 { 3499 a = 0; 3500 m = 1; 3501 s += 2; 3502 } 3503 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3504 { 3505 a = 1; 3506 m = 1; 3507 s += 2; 3508 } 3509 else if (strict) 3510 /* This is a match failure. */ 3511 s--; 3512 else 3513 { 3514 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3515 s += 2; 3516 } 3517 } 3518 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3519 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3520 else if (*args == 'e') 3521 break; 3522 3523 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3524 encode the before/after field. */ 3525 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3526 { 3527 opcode |= m << 5; 3528 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3529 } 3530 else if (*args == 'q') 3531 { 3532 opcode |= m << 3; 3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3534 } 3535 else if (*args == 'J') 3536 { 3537 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3538 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3539 } 3540 else if (*args == 'e') 3541 { 3542 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3543 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3544 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3545 opcode |= a; 3546 continue; 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3551 case 'A': 3552 case 's': 3553 { 3554 int a = 0; 3555 int m = 0; 3556 int i = 0; 3557 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3558 { 3559 s++; 3560 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3561 m = 1; 3562 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3563 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3564 a = 0; 3565 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3566 a = 1; 3567 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3568 else if (strict) 3569 { 3570 s--; 3571 break; 3572 } 3573 else 3574 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3575 s++; 3576 i++; 3577 } 3578 if (i > 2) 3579 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3580 opcode |= m << 5; 3581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3582 } 3583 3584 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3585 case 'c': 3586 cmpltr = 0; 3587 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3588 { 3589 s += 3; 3590 cmpltr = 2; 3591 } 3592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3593 3594 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3595 case 'C': 3596 cmpltr = 0; 3597 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3598 { 3599 s += 3; 3600 cmpltr = 2; 3601 } 3602 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3603 { 3604 s += 3; 3605 cmpltr = 1; 3606 } 3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3608 3609 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3610 case 'd': 3611 cmpltr = 0; 3612 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3613 { 3614 s += 3; 3615 cmpltr = 1; 3616 } 3617 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3618 3619 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3620 case 'o': 3621 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3622 break; 3623 s += 2; 3624 continue; 3625 3626 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3627 case 'g': 3628 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3629 break; 3630 s += 5; 3631 continue; 3632 3633 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3634 case 'p': 3635 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3636 break; 3637 s += 7; 3638 continue; 3639 3640 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3641 case 'l': 3642 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3643 break; 3644 s += 2; 3645 continue; 3646 3647 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3648 case 'P': 3649 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3650 break; 3651 s += 4; 3652 continue; 3653 3654 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3655 case 'L': 3656 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3657 break; 3658 s += 2; 3659 continue; 3660 3661 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3662 case 'w': 3663 flag = 0; 3664 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3665 { 3666 flag = 1; 3667 s += 2; 3668 } 3669 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3670 { 3671 flag = 0; 3672 s += 2; 3673 } 3674 3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3676 3677 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3678 case 'W': 3679 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3680 break; 3681 s += 2; 3682 continue; 3683 3684 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3685 case 'r': 3686 flag = 0; 3687 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3688 { 3689 flag = 5; 3690 s += 2; 3691 } 3692 3693 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3694 3695 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3696 case 'Z': 3697 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3698 { 3699 flag = 1; 3700 s += 2; 3701 } 3702 else 3703 flag = 0; 3704 3705 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3706 3707 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3708 case 'i': 3709 flag = 0; 3710 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3711 { 3712 flag = 1; 3713 s += 2; 3714 } 3715 3716 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3717 3718 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3719 case 'z': 3720 flag = 1; 3721 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3722 { 3723 flag = 0; 3724 s += 2; 3725 } 3726 3727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3728 3729 /* Handle add completer. */ 3730 case 'a': 3731 flag = 1; 3732 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3733 { 3734 flag = 2; 3735 s += 2; 3736 } 3737 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3738 { 3739 flag = 3; 3740 s += 4; 3741 } 3742 3743 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3744 3745 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3746 case 'Y': 3747 flag = 0; 3748 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3749 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3750 { 3751 flag = 1; 3752 s += 7; 3753 } 3754 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3755 { 3756 flag = 0; 3757 s += 3; 3758 } 3759 else 3760 break; 3761 3762 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3763 need_cond = 0; 3764 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3765 3766 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3767 case 'y': 3768 flag = 0; 3769 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3770 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3771 { 3772 flag = 1; 3773 s += 6; 3774 } 3775 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3776 { 3777 flag = 0; 3778 s += 2; 3779 } 3780 else 3781 break; 3782 3783 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3784 3785 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3786 case 'v': 3787 flag = 0; 3788 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3789 { 3790 flag = 1; 3791 s += 4; 3792 } 3793 3794 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3795 3796 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3797 case 't': 3798 flag = 0; 3799 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3800 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3801 { 3802 flag = 1; 3803 s += 7; 3804 } 3805 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3806 { 3807 flag = 0; 3808 s += 3; 3809 } 3810 else 3811 break; 3812 3813 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3814 3815 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3816 case 'B': 3817 flag = 0; 3818 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3819 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3820 { 3821 flag = 1; 3822 s += 7; 3823 } 3824 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3825 { 3826 flag = 0; 3827 s += 3; 3828 } 3829 else 3830 break; 3831 3832 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3833 need_cond = 0; 3834 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3835 3836 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3837 case 'b': 3838 flag = 0; 3839 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3840 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3841 { 3842 flag = 1; 3843 s += 6; 3844 } 3845 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3846 { 3847 flag = 0; 3848 s += 2; 3849 } 3850 else 3851 break; 3852 3853 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3854 3855 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3856 case 'T': 3857 flag = 0; 3858 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3859 { 3860 flag = 1; 3861 s += 3; 3862 } 3863 3864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3865 3866 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3867 case 'S': 3868 { 3869 int sign = 1; 3870 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3871 { 3872 sign = 1; 3873 s += 2; 3874 } 3875 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3876 { 3877 sign = 0; 3878 s += 2; 3879 } 3880 3881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3882 } 3883 3884 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3885 case 'h': 3886 if (*s++ == ',') 3887 { 3888 int lr = 0; 3889 if (*s == 'r') 3890 lr = 2; 3891 else if (*s == 'l') 3892 lr = 0; 3893 else 3894 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3895 3896 s++; 3897 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3898 } 3899 else 3900 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3901 break; 3902 3903 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3904 case 'H': 3905 { 3906 int sat = 3; 3907 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3908 { 3909 sat = 1; 3910 s += 3; 3911 } 3912 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3913 { 3914 sat = 0; 3915 s += 3; 3916 } 3917 3918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3919 } 3920 3921 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3922 case '*': 3923 if (*s++ == ',') 3924 { 3925 int permloc[4]; 3926 int perm = 0; 3927 int i = 0; 3928 permloc[0] = 13; 3929 permloc[1] = 10; 3930 permloc[2] = 8; 3931 permloc[3] = 6; 3932 for (; i < 4; i++) 3933 { 3934 switch (*s++) 3935 { 3936 case '0': 3937 perm = 0; 3938 break; 3939 case '1': 3940 perm = 1; 3941 break; 3942 case '2': 3943 perm = 2; 3944 break; 3945 case '3': 3946 perm = 3; 3947 break; 3948 default: 3949 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3950 } 3951 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3952 } 3953 continue; 3954 } 3955 else 3956 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3957 break; 3958 3959 default: 3960 abort (); 3961 } 3962 break; 3963 3964 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3965 case '?': 3966 { 3967 args++; 3968 switch (*args) 3969 { 3970 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3971 case 'f': 3972 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3973 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3974 3975 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3976 case 'A': 3977 case 'a': 3978 cmpltr = 0; 3979 flag = 0; 3980 if (*s == ',') 3981 { 3982 s++; 3983 3984 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3985 if (*args == 'A') 3986 { 3987 if (*s == '*') 3988 s++; 3989 else 3990 break; 3991 } 3992 else if (*s == '*') 3993 break; 3994 3995 name = s; 3996 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3997 s += 1; 3998 c = *s; 3999 *s = 0x00; 4000 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4001 cmpltr = 1; 4002 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4003 cmpltr = 2; 4004 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4005 cmpltr = 3; 4006 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 4007 cmpltr = 4; 4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 4009 cmpltr = 5; 4010 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4011 cmpltr = 6; 4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4013 cmpltr = 7; 4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4015 { 4016 cmpltr = 0; 4017 flag = 1; 4018 } 4019 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4020 { 4021 cmpltr = 1; 4022 flag = 1; 4023 } 4024 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4025 { 4026 cmpltr = 2; 4027 flag = 1; 4028 } 4029 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4030 { 4031 cmpltr = 3; 4032 flag = 1; 4033 } 4034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4035 { 4036 cmpltr = 4; 4037 flag = 1; 4038 } 4039 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4040 { 4041 cmpltr = 5; 4042 flag = 1; 4043 } 4044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4045 { 4046 cmpltr = 6; 4047 flag = 1; 4048 } 4049 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4050 { 4051 cmpltr = 7; 4052 flag = 1; 4053 } 4054 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4055 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4056 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4057 *s = c; 4058 } 4059 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4060 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4061 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4062 break; 4063 4064 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4065 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4066 4067 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4068 case 'd': 4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4070 if (cmpltr < 0) 4071 { 4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4073 cmpltr = 0; 4074 } 4075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4076 4077 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4078 case 'W': 4079 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4080 if (cmpltr < 0) 4081 { 4082 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4083 cmpltr = 0; 4084 } 4085 else 4086 { 4087 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4088 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4089 } 4090 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4091 4092 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4093 condition. */ 4094 case '@': 4095 save_s = s; 4096 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4097 if (cmpltr < 0) 4098 { 4099 s = save_s; 4100 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4101 if (cmpltr < 0) 4102 { 4103 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4104 cmpltr = 0; 4105 } 4106 else 4107 { 4108 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4109 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4110 } 4111 } 4112 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4113 4114 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4115 case 'B': 4116 case 'b': 4117 cmpltr = 0; 4118 if (*s == ',') 4119 { 4120 s++; 4121 4122 if (*args == 'B') 4123 { 4124 if (*s == '*') 4125 s++; 4126 else 4127 break; 4128 } 4129 else if (*s == '*') 4130 break; 4131 4132 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4133 { 4134 cmpltr = 0; 4135 s++; 4136 } 4137 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4138 { 4139 cmpltr = 1; 4140 s += 2; 4141 } 4142 else 4143 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4144 } 4145 else 4146 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4147 4148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4149 4150 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4151 case 'S': 4152 case 's': 4153 cmpltr = 0; 4154 flag = 0; 4155 if (*s == ',') 4156 { 4157 s++; 4158 4159 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4160 if (*args == 'S') 4161 { 4162 if (*s == '*') 4163 s++; 4164 else 4165 break; 4166 } 4167 else if (*s == '*') 4168 break; 4169 4170 name = s; 4171 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4172 s += 1; 4173 c = *s; 4174 *s = 0x00; 4175 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4176 cmpltr = 1; 4177 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4178 cmpltr = 2; 4179 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4180 cmpltr = 3; 4181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4182 cmpltr = 4; 4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4184 cmpltr = 5; 4185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4186 cmpltr = 6; 4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4188 cmpltr = 7; 4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4190 { 4191 cmpltr = 0; 4192 flag = 1; 4193 } 4194 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4195 { 4196 cmpltr = 1; 4197 flag = 1; 4198 } 4199 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4200 { 4201 cmpltr = 2; 4202 flag = 1; 4203 } 4204 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4205 { 4206 cmpltr = 3; 4207 flag = 1; 4208 } 4209 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4210 { 4211 cmpltr = 4; 4212 flag = 1; 4213 } 4214 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4215 { 4216 cmpltr = 5; 4217 flag = 1; 4218 } 4219 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4220 { 4221 cmpltr = 6; 4222 flag = 1; 4223 } 4224 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4225 { 4226 cmpltr = 7; 4227 flag = 1; 4228 } 4229 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4230 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4231 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4232 name); 4233 *s = c; 4234 } 4235 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4236 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4237 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4238 break; 4239 4240 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4241 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4242 4243 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4244 case 't': 4245 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4246 if (cmpltr < 0) 4247 { 4248 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4249 cmpltr = 0; 4250 } 4251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4252 4253 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4254 case 'n': 4255 save_s = s; 4256 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4257 if (cmpltr < 0) 4258 { 4259 s = save_s; 4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4261 if (cmpltr < 0) 4262 { 4263 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4264 cmpltr = 0; 4265 } 4266 else 4267 { 4268 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4269 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4270 } 4271 } 4272 4273 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4274 4275 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4276 case 'N': 4277 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4278 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4279 { 4280 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4281 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4282 } 4283 else 4284 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4285 break; 4286 4287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4288 4289 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4290 case 'Q': 4291 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4292 if (cmpltr < 0) 4293 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4294 break; 4295 4296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4297 4298 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4299 case 'L': 4300 case 'l': 4301 cmpltr = 0; 4302 flag = 0; 4303 if (*s == ',') 4304 { 4305 s++; 4306 4307 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4308 if (*args == 'L') 4309 { 4310 if (*s == '*') 4311 s++; 4312 else 4313 break; 4314 } 4315 else if (*s == '*') 4316 break; 4317 4318 name = s; 4319 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4320 s += 1; 4321 c = *s; 4322 *s = 0x00; 4323 4324 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4325 cmpltr = 1; 4326 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4327 cmpltr = 2; 4328 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4329 cmpltr = 3; 4330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4331 cmpltr = 7; 4332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4333 { 4334 cmpltr = 0; 4335 flag = 1; 4336 } 4337 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4338 { 4339 cmpltr = 1; 4340 flag = 1; 4341 } 4342 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4343 { 4344 cmpltr = 2; 4345 flag = 1; 4346 } 4347 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4348 { 4349 cmpltr = 3; 4350 flag = 1; 4351 } 4352 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4353 { 4354 cmpltr = 7; 4355 flag = 1; 4356 } 4357 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4358 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4359 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4360 *s = c; 4361 } 4362 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4363 else if (*args == 'L') 4364 break; 4365 4366 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4367 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4368 4369 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4370 case 'X': 4371 case 'x': 4372 case 'y': 4373 cmpltr = 0; 4374 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4375 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4376 immediate_check = 1; 4377 if (*s == ',') 4378 { 4379 save_s = s++; 4380 4381 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4382 if (*args == 'X') 4383 { 4384 if (*s == '*') 4385 s++; 4386 else 4387 break; 4388 } 4389 else if (*s == '*') 4390 break; 4391 4392 name = s; 4393 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4394 s += 1; 4395 c = *s; 4396 *s = 0x00; 4397 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4398 cmpltr = 1; 4399 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4400 cmpltr = 2; 4401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4402 cmpltr = 3; 4403 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4404 cmpltr = 4; 4405 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4406 cmpltr = 5; 4407 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4408 cmpltr = 6; 4409 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4410 cmpltr = 7; 4411 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4412 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4414 { 4415 *s = c; 4416 s = save_s; 4417 continue; 4418 } 4419 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4420 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4421 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4422 *s = c; 4423 } 4424 4425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4426 4427 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4428 case 'U': 4429 case 'u': 4430 cmpltr = 0; 4431 flag = 0; 4432 if (*s == ',') 4433 { 4434 int uxor; 4435 s++; 4436 4437 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4438 if (*args == 'U') 4439 { 4440 if (*s == '*') 4441 s++; 4442 else 4443 break; 4444 } 4445 else if (*s == '*') 4446 break; 4447 4448 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions 4449 not involving carries. */ 4450 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380; 4451 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4452 { 4453 cmpltr = 2; 4454 s += 3; 4455 } 4456 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4457 { 4458 cmpltr = 3; 4459 s += 3; 4460 } 4461 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4462 { 4463 cmpltr = 4; 4464 s += 3; 4465 } 4466 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4467 { 4468 cmpltr = 6; 4469 s += 3; 4470 } 4471 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4472 { 4473 cmpltr = 7; 4474 s += 3; 4475 } 4476 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4477 { 4478 cmpltr = 0; 4479 flag = 1; 4480 s += 2; 4481 } 4482 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4483 { 4484 cmpltr = 2; 4485 flag = 1; 4486 s += 3; 4487 } 4488 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4489 { 4490 cmpltr = 3; 4491 flag = 1; 4492 s += 3; 4493 } 4494 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4495 { 4496 cmpltr = 4; 4497 flag = 1; 4498 s += 3; 4499 } 4500 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4501 { 4502 cmpltr = 6; 4503 flag = 1; 4504 s += 3; 4505 } 4506 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4507 { 4508 cmpltr = 7; 4509 flag = 1; 4510 s += 3; 4511 } 4512 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4513 { 4514 cmpltr = 1; 4515 flag = 0; 4516 s += 3; 4517 } 4518 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4519 { 4520 cmpltr = 5; 4521 flag = 0; 4522 s += 3; 4523 } 4524 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4525 { 4526 cmpltr = 1; 4527 flag = 1; 4528 s += 3; 4529 } 4530 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4531 { 4532 cmpltr = 5; 4533 flag = 1; 4534 s += 3; 4535 } 4536 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4537 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4538 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4539 } 4540 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4541 else if (*args == 'U') 4542 break; 4543 4544 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4545 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4546 4547 default: 4548 abort (); 4549 } 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 4553 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4554 case 'n': 4555 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4556 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4557 4558 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4559 case 'N': 4560 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4561 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4562 4563 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4564 case 'L': 4565 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4566 s += 4; 4567 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4568 s += 4; 4569 else 4570 break; 4571 continue; 4572 4573 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4574 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4575 case 'h': 4576 get_expression (s); 4577 s = expr_end; 4578 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4579 { 4580 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4581 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4582 num++; 4583 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4584 } 4585 else 4586 break; 4587 4588 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4589 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4590 case 'm': 4591 get_expression (s); 4592 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4593 { 4594 s = expr_end; 4595 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4597 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4598 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4599 } 4600 else 4601 break; 4602 4603 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4604 case '=': 4605 { 4606 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4608 } 4609 4610 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4611 case 'i': 4612 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4613 get_expression (s); 4614 s = expr_end; 4615 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4616 { 4617 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4618 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4619 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4620 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4621 } 4622 else 4623 { 4624 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4625 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4626 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4627 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4628 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4629 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4630 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4631 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4632 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4633 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4634 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4635 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4636 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4637 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4638 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4639 #endif 4640 else 4641 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4642 the_insn.format = 11; 4643 continue; 4644 } 4645 4646 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4647 case 'J': 4648 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4649 get_expression (s); 4650 s = expr_end; 4651 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4652 { 4653 int mb; 4654 4655 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4656 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4657 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4658 good to rethink this. */ 4659 mb = opcode & 1; 4660 opcode -= mb; 4661 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4662 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4663 break; 4664 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4665 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4666 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4667 } 4668 break; 4669 4670 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4671 case 'K': 4672 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4673 get_expression (s); 4674 s = expr_end; 4675 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4676 { 4677 int mb; 4678 4679 mb = opcode & 1; 4680 opcode -= mb; 4681 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4682 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4683 break; 4684 if (num % 4) 4685 break; 4686 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4687 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4688 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4689 } 4690 break; 4691 4692 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4693 case '<': 4694 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4695 get_expression (s); 4696 s = expr_end; 4697 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4698 { 4699 int mb; 4700 4701 mb = opcode & 1; 4702 opcode -= mb; 4703 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4704 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4705 break; 4706 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4707 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4708 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4709 } 4710 break; 4711 4712 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4713 case '>': 4714 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4715 get_expression (s); 4716 s = expr_end; 4717 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4718 { 4719 int mb; 4720 4721 mb = opcode & 1; 4722 opcode -= mb; 4723 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4724 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4725 break; 4726 if (num % 4) 4727 break; 4728 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4729 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4730 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4731 } 4732 break; 4733 4734 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4735 case '#': 4736 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4737 break; 4738 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4739 get_expression (s); 4740 s = expr_end; 4741 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4742 { 4743 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4744 if (num & 0x7) 4745 break; 4746 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4747 if (num < 0) 4748 opcode |= 1; 4749 num &= 0x1fff; 4750 num >>= 3; 4751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4752 } 4753 else 4754 { 4755 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4756 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4757 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4758 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4759 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4760 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4761 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4762 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4763 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4764 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4765 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4766 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4767 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4768 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4769 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4770 #endif 4771 else 4772 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4773 the_insn.format = 14; 4774 continue; 4775 } 4776 break; 4777 4778 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4779 case 'd': 4780 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4781 get_expression (s); 4782 s = expr_end; 4783 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4784 { 4785 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4786 if (num & 0x3) 4787 break; 4788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4789 if (num < 0) 4790 opcode |= 1; 4791 num &= 0x1fff; 4792 num >>= 2; 4793 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4794 } 4795 else 4796 { 4797 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4798 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4799 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4800 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4801 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4802 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4803 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4804 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4805 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4806 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4808 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4810 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4812 #endif 4813 else 4814 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4815 the_insn.format = 14; 4816 continue; 4817 } 4818 4819 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4820 case 'j': 4821 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4822 get_expression (s); 4823 s = expr_end; 4824 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4825 { 4826 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4827 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4828 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4830 } 4831 else 4832 { 4833 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4834 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4835 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4836 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4837 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4838 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4839 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4840 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4841 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4842 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4844 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4846 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4848 #endif 4849 else 4850 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4851 the_insn.format = 14; 4852 continue; 4853 } 4854 4855 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4856 case 'k': 4857 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4858 get_expression (s); 4859 s = expr_end; 4860 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4861 { 4862 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4863 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4864 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4865 continue; 4866 } 4867 else 4868 { 4869 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4870 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4871 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4872 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4873 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4874 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4875 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4876 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4877 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4878 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4879 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4880 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4881 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4882 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4883 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4884 #endif 4885 else 4886 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4887 the_insn.format = 21; 4888 continue; 4889 } 4890 4891 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4892 case 'l': 4893 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4894 get_expression (s); 4895 s = expr_end; 4896 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4897 { 4898 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4899 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4900 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4901 continue; 4902 } 4903 else 4904 { 4905 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4906 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4907 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4908 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4909 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4910 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4911 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4912 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4913 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4914 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4915 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4916 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4917 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4918 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4919 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4921 #endif 4922 else 4923 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4924 the_insn.format = 14; 4925 continue; 4926 } 4927 4928 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4929 case 'y': 4930 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4931 get_expression (s); 4932 s = expr_end; 4933 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4934 { 4935 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4937 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4938 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4939 continue; 4940 } 4941 else 4942 { 4943 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4944 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4945 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4946 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4947 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4948 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4949 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4950 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4951 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4952 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4953 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4954 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4955 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4956 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4957 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4959 #endif 4960 else 4961 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4962 the_insn.format = 14; 4963 continue; 4964 } 4965 4966 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4967 case '&': 4968 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4969 get_expression (s); 4970 s = expr_end; 4971 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4972 { 4973 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4974 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4975 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4976 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4977 continue; 4978 } 4979 else 4980 { 4981 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4982 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4983 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4984 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4985 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4986 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4987 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4988 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4989 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4990 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4991 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4992 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4993 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4994 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4995 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4996 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4997 #endif 4998 else 4999 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 5000 the_insn.format = 14; 5001 continue; 5002 } 5003 5004 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 5005 case 'w': 5006 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5007 get_expression (s); 5008 s = expr_end; 5009 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5010 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5011 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5012 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5013 { 5014 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5015 if (num % 4) 5016 { 5017 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5018 break; 5019 } 5020 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5021 num -= 8; 5022 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 5023 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 5024 continue; 5025 } 5026 else 5027 { 5028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5029 the_insn.format = 12; 5030 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5031 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5032 s = expr_end; 5033 continue; 5034 } 5035 5036 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5037 case 'W': 5038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5039 get_expression (s); 5040 s = expr_end; 5041 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5042 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5043 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5044 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5045 { 5046 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5047 if (num % 4) 5048 { 5049 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5050 break; 5051 } 5052 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5053 num -= 8; 5054 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5055 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5056 continue; 5057 } 5058 else 5059 { 5060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5061 the_insn.format = 17; 5062 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5063 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5064 continue; 5065 } 5066 5067 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5068 case 'X': 5069 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5070 get_expression (s); 5071 s = expr_end; 5072 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5073 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5074 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5075 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5076 { 5077 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5078 if (num % 4) 5079 { 5080 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5081 break; 5082 } 5083 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5084 num -= 8; 5085 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5086 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5087 } 5088 else 5089 { 5090 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5091 the_insn.format = 22; 5092 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5093 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5094 continue; 5095 } 5096 5097 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5098 case 'z': 5099 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5100 get_expression (s); 5101 s = expr_end; 5102 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5103 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5104 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5105 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5106 { 5107 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5108 if (num % 4) 5109 { 5110 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5111 break; 5112 } 5113 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5114 num -= 8; 5115 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5116 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5117 continue; 5118 } 5119 else 5120 { 5121 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5122 the_insn.format = 17; 5123 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5124 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5125 continue; 5126 } 5127 5128 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5129 case 'Z': 5130 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5131 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5132 { 5133 s += 4; 5134 continue; 5135 } 5136 else 5137 break; 5138 5139 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5140 case 'Y': 5141 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5142 break; 5143 s += 9; 5144 continue; 5145 5146 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5147 case '@': 5148 if (*s != '0') 5149 break; 5150 s++; 5151 continue; 5152 5153 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5154 case '.': 5155 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5156 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5157 break; 5158 s = expr_end; 5159 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5160 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5161 5162 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5163 case '*': 5164 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5165 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5166 break; 5167 s = expr_end; 5168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5169 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5170 5171 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5172 case 'p': 5173 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5174 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5175 break; 5176 s = expr_end; 5177 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5178 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5179 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5180 5181 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5182 case '~': 5183 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5184 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5185 break; 5186 s = expr_end; 5187 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5188 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5189 num = 63 - num; 5190 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5191 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5192 5193 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5194 case '%': 5195 flag = 0; 5196 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5197 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5198 break; 5199 s = expr_end; 5200 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5201 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5202 num--; 5203 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5204 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5205 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5206 5207 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5208 case '|': 5209 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5210 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5211 break; 5212 s = expr_end; 5213 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5214 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5215 num--; 5216 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5217 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5218 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5219 5220 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5221 case 'P': 5222 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5223 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5224 break; 5225 s = expr_end; 5226 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5227 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5228 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5229 5230 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5231 case 'q': 5232 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5233 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5234 break; 5235 s = expr_end; 5236 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5237 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5238 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5240 5241 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5242 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5243 case 'B': 5244 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5245 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5246 break; 5247 s = expr_end; 5248 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5249 if (num & 0x20) 5250 ; 5251 else 5252 opcode |= (1 << 13); 5253 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5254 5255 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5256 case 'Q': 5257 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5258 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5259 break; 5260 s = expr_end; 5261 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5262 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5263 5264 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5265 case '$': 5266 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5267 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5268 break; 5269 s = expr_end; 5270 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5271 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5272 5273 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5274 case 'A': 5275 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5276 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5277 break; 5278 s = expr_end; 5279 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5280 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5281 5282 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5283 case 'D': 5284 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5285 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5286 break; 5287 s = expr_end; 5288 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5289 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5290 5291 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5292 case 'v': 5293 if (*s++ != ',') 5294 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5295 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5296 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5297 break; 5298 s = expr_end; 5299 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5300 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5301 5302 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5303 case 'O': 5304 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5305 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5306 break; 5307 s = expr_end; 5308 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5309 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5310 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5311 5312 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5313 case 'o': 5314 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5315 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5316 break; 5317 s = expr_end; 5318 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5319 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5320 5321 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5322 case '0': 5323 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5324 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5325 break; 5326 s = expr_end; 5327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5328 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5330 5331 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5332 case '1': 5333 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5335 break; 5336 s = expr_end; 5337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5338 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5340 5341 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5342 case 'u': 5343 if (*s++ != ',') 5344 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5345 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5346 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5347 break; 5348 s = expr_end; 5349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5350 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5351 5352 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5353 case '2': 5354 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s); 5355 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5356 break; 5357 s = expr_end; 5358 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5359 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5360 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5361 5362 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5363 case '{': 5364 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5365 { 5366 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5367 s += 2; 5368 } 5369 else 5370 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5371 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5372 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5373 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5374 flag = SGL; 5375 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5376 flag = DBL; 5377 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5378 flag = QUAD; 5379 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5380 5381 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5382 case '_': 5383 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5384 s--; 5385 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5386 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5387 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5388 flag = SGL; 5389 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5390 flag = DBL; 5391 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5392 flag = QUAD; 5393 opcode |= flag << 13; 5394 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5395 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5396 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5397 { 5398 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5400 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5401 flag = 0; 5402 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5403 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5405 flag = 2; 5406 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5407 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5408 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5409 flag = 6; 5410 else 5411 abort (); 5412 } 5413 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5414 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5415 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5416 { 5417 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5418 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5419 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5420 flag = 1; 5421 else 5422 abort (); 5423 } 5424 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5425 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5426 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5427 { 5428 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5429 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5430 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5431 flag = 5; 5432 else 5433 abort (); 5434 } 5435 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5437 5438 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5439 case 'F': 5440 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5441 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5442 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5443 5444 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5445 case 'G': 5446 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5447 s--; 5448 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5449 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5451 5452 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5453 case 'I': 5454 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5455 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5456 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5457 5458 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5459 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5460 case 'H': 5461 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5462 switch (flag) 5463 { 5464 case SGL: 5465 opcode |= 0x20; 5466 case DBL: 5467 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5468 continue; 5469 5470 case QUAD: 5471 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5472 default: 5473 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5474 } 5475 break; 5476 5477 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5478 case 'f': 5479 switch (*++args) 5480 { 5481 /* Float target register. */ 5482 case 't': 5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5484 break; 5485 /* RSEL should not be set. */ 5486 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) 5487 break; 5488 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE; 5489 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5490 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5491 5492 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5493 case 'T': 5494 { 5495 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5496 break; 5497 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5498 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5499 opcode |= num; 5500 5501 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5502 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5503 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5504 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5505 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5506 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5507 5508 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5509 continue; 5510 } 5511 5512 /* Float operand 1. */ 5513 case 'a': 5514 { 5515 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5516 break; 5517 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5518 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5519 opcode |= num << 21; 5520 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5521 { 5522 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5523 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5524 } 5525 continue; 5526 } 5527 5528 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5529 case 'X': 5530 case 'A': 5531 { 5532 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5533 break; 5534 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5536 opcode |= num << 21; 5537 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5538 continue; 5539 } 5540 5541 /* Float operand 2. */ 5542 case 'b': 5543 { 5544 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5545 break; 5546 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5547 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5548 opcode |= num << 16; 5549 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5550 { 5551 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5552 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5553 } 5554 continue; 5555 } 5556 5557 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5558 case 'B': 5559 { 5560 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5561 break; 5562 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5563 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5564 opcode |= num << 16; 5565 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5566 continue; 5567 } 5568 5569 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5570 case 'C': 5571 { 5572 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5573 break; 5574 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5575 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5576 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5577 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5578 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5579 continue; 5580 } 5581 5582 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5583 case 'i': 5584 { 5585 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5586 break; 5587 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5588 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5589 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5590 { 5591 if (num < 16) 5592 { 5593 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5594 break; 5595 } 5596 num &= 0xF; 5597 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5598 } 5599 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5600 } 5601 5602 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5603 case 'j': 5604 { 5605 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5606 break; 5607 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5608 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5609 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5610 { 5611 if (num < 16) 5612 { 5613 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5614 break; 5615 } 5616 num &= 0xF; 5617 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5618 } 5619 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5620 } 5621 5622 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5623 case 'k': 5624 { 5625 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5626 break; 5627 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5628 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5629 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5630 { 5631 if (num < 16) 5632 { 5633 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5634 break; 5635 } 5636 num &= 0xF; 5637 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5638 } 5639 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5640 } 5641 5642 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5643 case 'l': 5644 { 5645 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5646 break; 5647 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5648 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5649 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5650 { 5651 if (num < 16) 5652 { 5653 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5654 break; 5655 } 5656 num &= 0xF; 5657 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5658 } 5659 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5660 } 5661 5662 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5663 case 'm': 5664 { 5665 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5666 break; 5667 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5669 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5670 { 5671 if (num < 16) 5672 { 5673 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5674 break; 5675 } 5676 num &= 0xF; 5677 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5678 } 5679 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5680 } 5681 5682 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5683 case 'E': 5684 case 'e': 5685 { 5686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5687 break; 5688 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5690 opcode |= num << 16; 5691 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5692 { 5693 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5694 } 5695 continue; 5696 } 5697 5698 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5699 case 'x': 5700 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5701 break; 5702 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5703 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5705 5706 default: 5707 abort (); 5708 } 5709 break; 5710 5711 default: 5712 abort (); 5713 } 5714 break; 5715 } 5716 5717 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5718 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5719 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5720 if (match == TRUE 5721 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5722 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5723 { 5724 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5725 match = FALSE; 5726 } 5727 5728 failed: 5729 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5730 if (!match) 5731 { 5732 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5733 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5734 { 5735 ++insn; 5736 s = argstart; 5737 continue; 5738 } 5739 else 5740 { 5741 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5742 return; 5743 } 5744 } 5745 break; 5746 } 5747 5748 if (immediate_check) 5749 { 5750 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5751 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5752 pos, len); 5753 } 5754 5755 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5756 } 5757 5758 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5759 5760 void 5761 md_assemble (char *str) 5762 { 5763 char *to; 5764 5765 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5766 gas_assert (str); 5767 5768 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5769 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5770 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5771 5772 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5773 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5774 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5775 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5776 { 5777 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5778 5779 if (label_symbol) 5780 { 5781 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5782 { 5783 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5784 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5785 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5786 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5787 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5788 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5789 if (within_entry_exit) 5790 { 5791 char *where; 5792 unsigned int u; 5793 5794 where = frag_more (0); 5795 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5796 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5797 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5798 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5799 } 5800 #endif 5801 } 5802 else 5803 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5804 } 5805 else 5806 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5807 } 5808 5809 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5810 pa_ip (str); 5811 5812 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5813 to = frag_more (4); 5814 5815 /* Output the opcode. */ 5816 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5817 5818 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5819 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5820 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5821 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5822 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5823 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5824 5825 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5826 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5827 #endif 5828 } 5829 5830 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5831 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5832 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5833 static void 5834 pa_align (int bytes) 5835 { 5836 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5837 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5838 5839 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5840 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5841 5842 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5843 alignment if necessary. */ 5844 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5845 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5846 } 5847 #endif 5848 5849 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5850 5851 static void 5852 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5853 { 5854 unsigned int temp_size; 5855 5856 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5857 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5858 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5859 #endif 5860 5861 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5862 5863 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5864 { 5865 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5866 temp_size = 0; 5867 } 5868 else 5869 { 5870 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5871 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5872 *p = 0; 5873 } 5874 5875 pa_undefine_label (); 5876 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5877 } 5878 5879 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5880 5881 static void 5882 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5883 { 5884 5885 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5886 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5887 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5888 char *where = frag_more (0); 5889 5890 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5891 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5892 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5893 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5894 #endif 5895 5896 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5897 } 5898 5899 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5900 5901 static void 5902 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5903 { 5904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5905 expressionS exp; 5906 char *where = frag_more (0); 5907 5908 if (! begin) 5909 expression (&exp); 5910 5911 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5912 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5913 5914 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5915 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5916 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5917 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5918 #endif 5919 5920 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5921 } 5922 5923 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5924 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5925 5926 static void 5927 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5928 { 5929 char *name, c, *p; 5930 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5931 5932 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5933 { 5934 name = input_line_pointer; 5935 c = get_symbol_end (); 5936 /* Process a source argument. */ 5937 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5938 { 5939 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5940 p = input_line_pointer; 5941 *p = c; 5942 input_line_pointer++; 5943 name = input_line_pointer; 5944 c = get_symbol_end (); 5945 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5946 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5947 } 5948 /* Process a return value. */ 5949 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5950 { 5951 p = input_line_pointer; 5952 *p = c; 5953 input_line_pointer++; 5954 name = input_line_pointer; 5955 c = get_symbol_end (); 5956 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5957 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5958 } 5959 else 5960 { 5961 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5962 } 5963 p = input_line_pointer; 5964 *p = c; 5965 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5966 input_line_pointer++; 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5971 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5972 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5973 5974 static void 5975 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5976 { 5977 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5978 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5979 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5980 #endif 5981 5982 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5983 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5984 } 5985 5986 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5987 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5988 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5989 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5990 of the unwind spaces. */ 5991 5992 static void 5993 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5994 { 5995 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5996 subsegT save_subseg; 5997 unsigned int unwind; 5998 int reloc; 5999 char *name, *p; 6000 symbolS *symbolP; 6001 6002 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) 6003 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 6004 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 6005 return; 6006 6007 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6008 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 6009 return; 6010 6011 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 6012 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 6013 multiple definitions, etc. */ 6014 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_") 6015 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol)) 6016 + 1); 6017 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_"); 6018 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol)); 6019 6020 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 6021 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 6022 entry. */ 6023 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6024 if (symbolP) 6025 { 6026 xfree (name); 6027 return; 6028 } 6029 else 6030 { 6031 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 6032 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now); 6033 gas_assert (symbolP); 6034 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6035 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6036 } 6037 6038 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6039 save_seg = now_seg; 6040 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6041 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6042 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6043 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6044 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6045 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6046 { 6047 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6048 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, 6049 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 6050 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA); 6051 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2); 6052 } 6053 6054 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6055 6056 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6057 descriptor. */ 6058 p = frag_more (16); 6059 6060 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6061 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6062 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6063 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6064 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6065 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6066 6067 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6068 6069 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6070 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6071 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6072 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6073 finished with its work. */ 6074 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6075 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6076 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6077 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6078 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6079 6080 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6081 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6082 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6083 6084 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6085 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6086 6087 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6088 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6089 } 6090 #endif 6091 6092 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6093 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6094 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6095 6096 static void 6097 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6098 { 6099 char *name, c, *p; 6100 int temp; 6101 6102 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6103 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6104 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6105 #endif 6106 6107 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6108 if (!within_procedure) 6109 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6110 6111 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6112 current procedure. */ 6113 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6114 6115 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6116 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6117 { 6118 name = input_line_pointer; 6119 c = get_symbol_end (); 6120 /* Frame size specification. */ 6121 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6122 { 6123 p = input_line_pointer; 6124 *p = c; 6125 input_line_pointer++; 6126 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6127 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6128 { 6129 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6130 temp = 0; 6131 } 6132 6133 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6134 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6135 6136 } 6137 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6138 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6139 { 6140 p = input_line_pointer; 6141 *p = c; 6142 input_line_pointer++; 6143 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6144 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6145 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6146 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6147 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6148 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6149 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6150 } 6151 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6152 { 6153 p = input_line_pointer; 6154 *p = c; 6155 input_line_pointer++; 6156 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6157 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6158 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6159 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6160 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6161 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6162 } 6163 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6164 { 6165 p = input_line_pointer; 6166 *p = c; 6167 input_line_pointer++; 6168 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6169 if (temp != 3) 6170 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6171 } 6172 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6173 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) || 6174 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6175 { 6176 p = input_line_pointer; 6177 *p = c; 6178 } 6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6180 { 6181 p = input_line_pointer; 6182 *p = c; 6183 } 6184 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6185 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6186 { 6187 p = input_line_pointer; 6188 *p = c; 6189 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6190 } 6191 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6192 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6193 { 6194 p = input_line_pointer; 6195 *p = c; 6196 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6197 } 6198 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6199 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6200 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6201 { 6202 p = input_line_pointer; 6203 *p = c; 6204 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6205 } 6206 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6207 unwind descriptor. */ 6208 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6209 { 6210 p = input_line_pointer; 6211 *p = c; 6212 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6213 } 6214 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6215 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6216 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6217 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6218 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6219 { 6220 p = input_line_pointer; 6221 *p = c; 6222 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6223 } 6224 else 6225 { 6226 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6227 *input_line_pointer = c; 6228 } 6229 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6230 input_line_pointer++; 6231 } 6232 6233 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6234 } 6235 6236 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6237 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6238 label when finished. */ 6239 6240 static void 6241 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6242 { 6243 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6244 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6245 current_subspace 6246 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6247 #endif 6248 6249 s_text (0); 6250 pa_undefine_label (); 6251 } 6252 6253 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6254 6255 static void 6256 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6257 { 6258 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6259 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6260 current_subspace 6261 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6262 #endif 6263 s_data (0); 6264 pa_undefine_label (); 6265 } 6266 6267 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6268 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6269 6270 <label> .comm <length> 6271 6272 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6273 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6274 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6275 and subspace. 6276 6277 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6278 6279 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6280 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6281 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6282 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6283 a pain. 6284 6285 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6286 6287 static void 6288 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6289 { 6290 unsigned int size; 6291 symbolS *symbol; 6292 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6293 6294 if (label_symbol) 6295 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6296 else 6297 symbol = NULL; 6298 6299 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6300 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6301 6302 if (symbol) 6303 { 6304 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6305 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6306 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6307 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6308 6309 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6310 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6311 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6312 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6313 } 6314 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6315 } 6316 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6317 6318 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6319 6320 static void 6321 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6322 { 6323 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6324 } 6325 6326 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6327 6328 static void 6329 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6330 { 6331 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6332 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6333 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6334 #endif 6335 6336 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6337 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6338 } 6339 6340 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6341 procedure. */ 6342 6343 static void 6344 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6345 { 6346 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6347 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6348 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6349 #endif 6350 6351 if (!within_procedure) 6352 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6353 else 6354 { 6355 if (!callinfo_found) 6356 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6357 } 6358 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6359 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6360 6361 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6362 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6363 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6364 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6365 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6366 6367 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6368 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6369 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6370 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6371 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6372 { 6373 char *where; 6374 unsigned int u; 6375 6376 where = frag_more (0); 6377 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6378 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6379 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6380 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6381 } 6382 #endif 6383 } 6384 6385 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6386 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6387 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6388 static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6389 6390 int 6391 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6392 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6393 expressionS *rightP) 6394 { 6395 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6396 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6397 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6398 { 6399 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6400 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6401 } 6402 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6403 } 6404 6405 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6406 6407 static void 6408 pa_equ (int reg) 6409 { 6410 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6411 symbolS *symbol; 6412 6413 if (label_symbol) 6414 { 6415 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6416 if (reg) 6417 { 6418 strict = 1; 6419 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6420 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6421 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6422 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6423 } 6424 else 6425 { 6426 expressionS exp; 6427 segT seg; 6428 6429 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6430 seg = expression (&exp); 6431 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6432 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6433 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6434 { 6435 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6436 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6437 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6438 seg = absolute_section; 6439 } 6440 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6441 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6442 } 6443 } 6444 else 6445 { 6446 if (reg) 6447 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6448 else 6449 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6450 } 6451 6452 pa_undefine_label (); 6453 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6454 } 6455 6456 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6457 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6458 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6459 6460 static void 6461 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6462 { 6463 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6464 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6465 char *name; 6466 6467 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6468 { 6469 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6470 or other problems. */ 6471 return; 6472 } 6473 6474 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_") 6475 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol)) 6476 + 1); 6477 if (name) 6478 { 6479 symbolS *symbolP; 6480 6481 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_"); 6482 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol)); 6483 6484 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6485 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6486 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6487 if (symbolP) 6488 { 6489 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6490 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6491 6492 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6493 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6494 xfree (name); 6495 } 6496 else 6497 { 6498 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6499 last instruction of the function */ 6500 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), 6501 frag_now); 6502 6503 gas_assert (symbolP); 6504 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6505 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6506 } 6507 6508 if (symbolP) 6509 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6510 else 6511 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6512 6513 } 6514 else 6515 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name.")); 6516 } 6517 #endif 6518 6519 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6520 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6521 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6522 6523 static void 6524 process_exit (void) 6525 { 6526 char *where; 6527 6528 where = frag_more (0); 6529 6530 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6531 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6532 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6533 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6534 (void) where; 6535 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6536 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6537 #else 6538 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6539 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6540 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6541 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6542 6543 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6544 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6545 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6546 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6547 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6548 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6549 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6550 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6551 #endif 6552 } 6553 6554 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6555 6556 static void 6557 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6558 { 6559 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6560 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6561 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6562 #endif 6563 6564 if (!within_procedure) 6565 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6566 else 6567 { 6568 if (!callinfo_found) 6569 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6570 else 6571 { 6572 if (!within_entry_exit) 6573 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6574 else 6575 { 6576 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6577 process_exit (); 6578 } 6579 } 6580 } 6581 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6582 } 6583 6584 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6585 6586 static void 6587 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6588 { 6589 char *name, c, *p; 6590 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6591 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6592 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6593 6594 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6595 { 6596 input_line_pointer += 8; 6597 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6598 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6599 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6600 } 6601 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6602 { 6603 input_line_pointer += 4; 6604 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6605 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6606 6607 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6608 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6609 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6610 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6611 { 6612 if (is_export) 6613 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6614 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6615 6616 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6617 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6618 } 6619 else 6620 { 6621 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6623 } 6624 } 6625 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6626 { 6627 input_line_pointer += 4; 6628 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6629 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6630 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6631 } 6632 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6633 { 6634 input_line_pointer += 5; 6635 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6636 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6637 } 6638 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6639 { 6640 input_line_pointer += 9; 6641 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6643 { 6644 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6645 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6646 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6647 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6648 } 6649 #endif 6650 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6651 } 6652 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6653 { 6654 input_line_pointer += 6; 6655 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6656 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6657 } 6658 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6659 { 6660 input_line_pointer += 8; 6661 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6662 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6663 } 6664 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6665 { 6666 input_line_pointer += 8; 6667 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6668 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6669 } 6670 6671 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6672 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6673 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6674 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6675 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6676 #else 6677 (void) type; 6678 #endif 6679 6680 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6681 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6682 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6683 { 6684 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6685 input_line_pointer++; 6686 name = input_line_pointer; 6687 c = get_symbol_end (); 6688 /* Argument sources. */ 6689 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6690 { 6691 p = input_line_pointer; 6692 *p = c; 6693 input_line_pointer++; 6694 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6695 name = input_line_pointer; 6696 c = get_symbol_end (); 6697 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6698 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6699 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6700 #else 6701 (void) arg_reloc; 6702 #endif 6703 *input_line_pointer = c; 6704 } 6705 /* The return value. */ 6706 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6707 { 6708 p = input_line_pointer; 6709 *p = c; 6710 input_line_pointer++; 6711 name = input_line_pointer; 6712 c = get_symbol_end (); 6713 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6714 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6715 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6716 #else 6717 (void) arg_reloc; 6718 #endif 6719 *input_line_pointer = c; 6720 } 6721 /* Privilege level. */ 6722 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6723 { 6724 p = input_line_pointer; 6725 *p = c; 6726 input_line_pointer++; 6727 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6728 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6729 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6730 #endif 6731 c = get_symbol_end (); 6732 *input_line_pointer = c; 6733 } 6734 else 6735 { 6736 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6737 p = input_line_pointer; 6738 *p = c; 6739 } 6740 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6741 input_line_pointer++; 6742 } 6743 } 6744 6745 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6746 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6747 to callers. */ 6748 6749 static void 6750 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6751 { 6752 char *name, c, *p; 6753 symbolS *symbol; 6754 6755 name = input_line_pointer; 6756 c = get_symbol_end (); 6757 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6758 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6759 { 6760 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6761 p = input_line_pointer; 6762 *p = c; 6763 input_line_pointer++; 6764 } 6765 else 6766 { 6767 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6768 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6769 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6770 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6771 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6772 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6773 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6774 p = input_line_pointer; 6775 *p = c; 6776 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6777 { 6778 input_line_pointer++; 6779 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6780 } 6781 } 6782 6783 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6784 } 6785 6786 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6787 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6788 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6789 6790 static void 6791 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6792 { 6793 char *name, c, *p; 6794 symbolS *symbol; 6795 6796 name = input_line_pointer; 6797 c = get_symbol_end (); 6798 6799 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6800 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6801 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6802 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6803 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6804 { 6805 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6806 p = input_line_pointer; 6807 *p = c; 6808 6809 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6810 { 6811 input_line_pointer++; 6812 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6813 } 6814 else 6815 { 6816 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6817 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6818 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6819 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6820 if (now_seg == text_section) 6821 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6822 6823 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6824 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6825 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6826 } 6827 } 6828 else 6829 { 6830 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6831 the end of the current statement. */ 6832 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6833 input_line_pointer++; 6834 } 6835 6836 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6837 } 6838 6839 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6840 6841 static void 6842 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6843 { 6844 char *name, c, *p; 6845 6846 name = input_line_pointer; 6847 c = get_symbol_end (); 6848 6849 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6850 { 6851 colon (name); 6852 p = input_line_pointer; 6853 *p = c; 6854 } 6855 else 6856 { 6857 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6858 } 6859 6860 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6861 { 6862 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6863 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6864 } 6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6866 } 6867 6868 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6869 6870 static void 6871 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6872 { 6873 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6874 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6875 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6876 #endif 6877 6878 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6879 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6880 } 6881 6882 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6883 6884 static void 6885 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6886 { 6887 char *level; 6888 6889 level = input_line_pointer; 6890 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6891 { 6892 input_line_pointer += 3; 6893 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6894 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6895 } 6896 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6897 { 6898 input_line_pointer += 3; 6899 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6900 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6901 } 6902 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6903 { 6904 input_line_pointer += 4; 6905 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6906 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6907 } 6908 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6909 { 6910 input_line_pointer += 3; 6911 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6912 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6913 } 6914 else 6915 { 6916 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6917 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6918 } 6919 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6920 } 6921 6922 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6923 6924 static void 6925 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6926 { 6927 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6928 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6929 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6930 #endif 6931 6932 s_org (0); 6933 pa_undefine_label (); 6934 } 6935 6936 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6937 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6938 6939 static void 6940 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6941 { 6942 char *name, c, *p; 6943 symbolS *symbol; 6944 6945 name = input_line_pointer; 6946 c = get_symbol_end (); 6947 6948 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6949 { 6950 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6951 p = input_line_pointer; 6952 *p = c; 6953 input_line_pointer++; 6954 } 6955 else 6956 { 6957 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6958 p = input_line_pointer; 6959 *p = c; 6960 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6961 { 6962 input_line_pointer++; 6963 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6964 } 6965 } 6966 6967 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6968 } 6969 6970 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6971 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6972 6973 static void 6974 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6975 { 6976 struct call_info *call_info; 6977 6978 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6979 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6980 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6981 #endif 6982 6983 if (within_procedure) 6984 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6985 6986 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6987 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6988 within_procedure = TRUE; 6989 6990 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6991 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info)); 6992 6993 if (!call_info) 6994 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6995 6996 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6997 6998 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6999 7000 if (call_info_root == NULL) 7001 { 7002 call_info_root = call_info; 7003 last_call_info = call_info; 7004 } 7005 else 7006 { 7007 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 7008 last_call_info = call_info; 7009 } 7010 7011 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 7012 7013 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 7014 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 7015 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 7016 7017 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 7018 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 7019 { 7020 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 7021 7022 if (label_symbol) 7023 { 7024 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 7025 { 7026 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 7027 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 7028 } 7029 else 7030 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7031 } 7032 else 7033 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 7034 } 7035 7036 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7037 } 7038 7039 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 7040 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 7041 7042 static void 7043 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7044 { 7045 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7046 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 7047 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 7048 #endif 7049 7050 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 7051 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 7052 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 7053 7054 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 7055 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 7056 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 7057 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 7058 { 7059 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 7060 7061 if (label_symbol) 7062 { 7063 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 7064 { 7065 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 7066 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 7067 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 7068 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7069 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 7070 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 7071 if (within_entry_exit) 7072 { 7073 char *where; 7074 unsigned int u; 7075 7076 where = frag_more (0); 7077 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7078 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7079 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7080 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7081 } 7082 #endif 7083 } 7084 else 7085 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7086 } 7087 else 7088 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7089 } 7090 7091 if (!within_procedure) 7092 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7093 7094 if (!callinfo_found) 7095 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7096 7097 if (within_entry_exit) 7098 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7099 7100 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 7101 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7102 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */ 7103 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7104 #endif 7105 7106 within_procedure = FALSE; 7107 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7108 pa_undefine_label (); 7109 } 7110 7111 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7112 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7113 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7114 7115 static int 7116 exact_log2 (int value) 7117 { 7118 int shift = 0; 7119 7120 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7121 shift++; 7122 7123 if (shift >= 32) 7124 return -1; 7125 else 7126 return shift; 7127 } 7128 7129 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7130 7131 static void 7132 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7133 { 7134 if (current_space == NULL) 7135 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7136 7137 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7138 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7139 } 7140 7141 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7142 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7143 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7144 7145 static sd_chain_struct * 7146 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag) 7147 { 7148 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7149 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7150 int spnum; 7151 asection *seg = NULL; 7152 sd_chain_struct *space; 7153 7154 /* Load default values. */ 7155 spnum = 0; 7156 sort = 0; 7157 loadable = TRUE; 7158 defined = TRUE; 7159 private = FALSE; 7160 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7161 { 7162 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7163 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7164 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7165 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7166 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7167 } 7168 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7169 { 7170 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7171 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7172 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7173 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7174 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7175 } 7176 7177 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7178 { 7179 print_errors = FALSE; 7180 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7181 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7182 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7183 the line should be ignored. */ 7184 strict = 0; 7185 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7186 if (pa_number >= 0) 7187 { 7188 spnum = pa_number; 7189 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7190 } 7191 else 7192 { 7193 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7194 { 7195 input_line_pointer++; 7196 name = input_line_pointer; 7197 c = get_symbol_end (); 7198 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7199 { 7200 *input_line_pointer = c; 7201 input_line_pointer++; 7202 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7203 } 7204 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7205 { 7206 *input_line_pointer = c; 7207 input_line_pointer++; 7208 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7209 } 7210 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7211 { 7212 *input_line_pointer = c; 7213 loadable = FALSE; 7214 } 7215 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7216 { 7217 *input_line_pointer = c; 7218 defined = FALSE; 7219 } 7220 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7221 { 7222 *input_line_pointer = c; 7223 private = TRUE; 7224 } 7225 else 7226 { 7227 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7228 *input_line_pointer = c; 7229 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7230 input_line_pointer++; 7231 } 7232 } 7233 } 7234 print_errors = TRUE; 7235 } 7236 7237 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7238 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7239 7240 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7241 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7242 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7243 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7244 if (create_flag) 7245 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7246 private, sort, seg, 1); 7247 else 7248 { 7249 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7250 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7251 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7252 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7253 } 7254 7255 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7256 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7257 #endif 7258 7259 return space; 7260 } 7261 7262 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7263 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7264 7265 static void 7266 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7267 { 7268 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7269 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7270 7271 if (within_procedure) 7272 { 7273 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7274 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7275 } 7276 else 7277 { 7278 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7279 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7280 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7281 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7282 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7283 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7284 { 7285 input_line_pointer += 6; 7286 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7287 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7288 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7289 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7290 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7291 7292 current_space = sd_chain; 7293 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7294 current_subspace 7295 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7296 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7297 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7298 return; 7299 } 7300 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7301 { 7302 input_line_pointer += 9; 7303 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7304 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7305 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7306 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7307 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7308 7309 current_space = sd_chain; 7310 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7311 current_subspace 7312 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7313 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7314 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7315 return; 7316 } 7317 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7318 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7319 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7320 { 7321 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7322 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7323 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7324 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7325 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7326 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7327 7328 current_space = sd_chain; 7329 7330 { 7331 asection *gdb_section 7332 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7333 7334 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7335 current_subspace 7336 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7337 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7338 } 7339 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7340 return; 7341 } 7342 7343 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7344 print_errors = 0; 7345 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7346 strict = 0; 7347 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7348 if (pa_number >= 0) 7349 { 7350 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7351 { 7352 current_space = sd_chain; 7353 7354 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7355 current_subspace 7356 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7357 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7358 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7359 return; 7360 } 7361 } 7362 7363 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7364 print_errors = 1; 7365 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7366 name = input_line_pointer; 7367 c = get_symbol_end (); 7368 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7369 strcpy (space_name, name); 7370 *input_line_pointer = c; 7371 7372 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7373 current_space = sd_chain; 7374 7375 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7376 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7377 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7378 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7379 } 7380 } 7381 7382 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7383 7384 static void 7385 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7386 { 7387 char *name; 7388 char c; 7389 char *p; 7390 sd_chain_struct *space; 7391 7392 name = input_line_pointer; 7393 c = get_symbol_end (); 7394 space = is_defined_space (name); 7395 if (space) 7396 { 7397 p = frag_more (4); 7398 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7399 } 7400 else 7401 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7402 7403 *input_line_pointer = c; 7404 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7405 } 7406 7407 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7408 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7409 7410 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7411 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7412 7413 static void 7414 pa_subspace (int create_new) 7415 { 7416 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7417 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7418 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7419 sd_chain_struct *space; 7420 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7421 asection *section; 7422 7423 if (current_space == NULL) 7424 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7425 7426 if (within_procedure) 7427 { 7428 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7429 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7430 } 7431 else 7432 { 7433 name = input_line_pointer; 7434 c = get_symbol_end (); 7435 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7436 strcpy (ss_name, name); 7437 *input_line_pointer = c; 7438 7439 /* Load default values. */ 7440 sort = 0; 7441 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7442 loadable = 1; 7443 comdat = 0; 7444 common = 0; 7445 dup_common = 0; 7446 code_only = 0; 7447 zero = 0; 7448 space_index = ~0; 7449 alignment = 1; 7450 quadrant = 0; 7451 7452 space = current_space; 7453 if (create_new) 7454 ssd = NULL; 7455 else 7456 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7457 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7458 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7459 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7460 { 7461 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7462 current_subspace = ssd; 7463 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7464 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7465 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7466 return; 7467 } 7468 else 7469 { 7470 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7471 the builtin subspaces. */ 7472 i = 0; 7473 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7474 { 7475 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7476 { 7477 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7478 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7479 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7480 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7481 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7482 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7483 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7484 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7485 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7486 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7487 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7488 break; 7489 } 7490 i++; 7491 } 7492 } 7493 7494 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7495 any information as specified by the user. */ 7496 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7497 { 7498 input_line_pointer++; 7499 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7500 { 7501 name = input_line_pointer; 7502 c = get_symbol_end (); 7503 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7504 { 7505 *input_line_pointer = c; 7506 input_line_pointer++; 7507 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7508 } 7509 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7510 { 7511 *input_line_pointer = c; 7512 input_line_pointer++; 7513 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7514 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7515 { 7516 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7517 alignment = 1; 7518 } 7519 } 7520 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7521 { 7522 *input_line_pointer = c; 7523 input_line_pointer++; 7524 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7525 } 7526 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7527 { 7528 *input_line_pointer = c; 7529 input_line_pointer++; 7530 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7531 } 7532 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7533 { 7534 *input_line_pointer = c; 7535 code_only = 1; 7536 } 7537 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7538 { 7539 *input_line_pointer = c; 7540 loadable = 0; 7541 } 7542 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7543 { 7544 *input_line_pointer = c; 7545 comdat = 1; 7546 } 7547 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7548 { 7549 *input_line_pointer = c; 7550 common = 1; 7551 } 7552 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7553 { 7554 *input_line_pointer = c; 7555 dup_common = 1; 7556 } 7557 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7558 { 7559 *input_line_pointer = c; 7560 zero = 1; 7561 } 7562 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7563 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7564 else 7565 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7566 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7567 input_line_pointer++; 7568 } 7569 } 7570 7571 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7572 in the .subspace directive. */ 7573 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7574 flags = 0; 7575 if (loadable) 7576 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7577 if (code_only) 7578 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7579 7580 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7581 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7582 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7583 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7584 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7585 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7586 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7587 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7588 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7589 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7590 7591 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7592 7593 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7594 if (zero) 7595 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7596 7597 applicable &= flags; 7598 7599 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7600 segment already associated with the subspace. 7601 7602 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7603 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7604 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7605 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7606 if (create_new) 7607 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7608 else if (ssd) 7609 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7610 else 7611 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7612 7613 if (zero) 7614 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7615 7616 /* Now set the flags. */ 7617 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable); 7618 7619 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7620 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7621 7622 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7623 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section, 7624 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7625 7626 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7627 or create a new one. */ 7628 if (ssd) 7629 7630 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7631 code_only, comdat, common, 7632 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7633 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7634 section); 7635 else 7636 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7637 code_only, comdat, common, 7638 dup_common, zero, sort, 7639 access_ctr, space_index, 7640 alignment, quadrant, section); 7641 7642 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7643 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7644 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7645 } 7646 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7647 } 7648 7649 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7650 7651 static void 7652 pa_spaces_begin (void) 7653 { 7654 int i; 7655 7656 space_dict_root = NULL; 7657 space_dict_last = NULL; 7658 7659 i = 0; 7660 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7661 { 7662 char *name; 7663 7664 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7665 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7666 7667 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7668 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7669 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7670 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7671 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7672 i++; 7673 } 7674 7675 i = 0; 7676 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7677 { 7678 char *name; 7679 int applicable, subsegment; 7680 asection *segment = NULL; 7681 sd_chain_struct *space; 7682 7683 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7684 subsegment number. */ 7685 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7686 subsegment = 0; 7687 7688 /* Create the new section. */ 7689 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7690 7691 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7692 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7693 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7694 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7695 { 7696 text_section = segment; 7697 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7698 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7699 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7700 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7701 | SEC_READONLY 7702 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7703 } 7704 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7705 { 7706 data_section = segment; 7707 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7708 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7709 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7710 | SEC_RELOC 7711 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7712 7713 } 7714 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7715 { 7716 bss_section = segment; 7717 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7718 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7719 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7720 } 7721 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7722 { 7723 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7724 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7725 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7726 | SEC_RELOC 7727 | SEC_READONLY 7728 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7729 } 7730 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7731 { 7732 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7733 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7734 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7735 | SEC_RELOC 7736 | SEC_READONLY 7737 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7738 } 7739 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7740 { 7741 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7742 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7743 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7744 | SEC_RELOC 7745 | SEC_READONLY 7746 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7747 } 7748 7749 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7750 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7751 def_space_index].segment); 7752 if (space == NULL) 7753 { 7754 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7755 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7756 } 7757 7758 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7759 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7760 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7761 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7762 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7763 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7764 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7765 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7766 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7767 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7768 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7769 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7770 segment); 7771 i++; 7772 } 7773 } 7774 7775 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7776 by the given parameters. */ 7777 7778 static sd_chain_struct * 7779 create_new_space (char *name, 7780 int spnum, 7781 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7782 int defined, 7783 int private, 7784 int sort, 7785 asection *seg, 7786 int user_defined) 7787 { 7788 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7789 7790 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct)); 7791 if (!chain_entry) 7792 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"), 7793 name); 7794 7795 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7796 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name); 7797 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7798 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7799 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7800 7801 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7802 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7803 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7804 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7805 7806 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7807 if (!space_dict_last) 7808 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7809 7810 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7811 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7812 else 7813 { 7814 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7815 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7816 7817 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7818 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7819 7820 while (chain_pointer) 7821 { 7822 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7823 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7824 } 7825 7826 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7827 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7828 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7829 { 7830 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7831 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7832 } 7833 else 7834 { 7835 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7836 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7837 } 7838 7839 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7840 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7841 } 7842 7843 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7844 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7845 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7846 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7847 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7848 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7849 #endif 7850 7851 return chain_entry; 7852 } 7853 7854 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7855 by the given parameters. 7856 7857 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7858 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7859 7860 static ssd_chain_struct * 7861 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7862 char *name, 7863 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7864 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7865 int comdat, 7866 int common, 7867 int dup_common, 7868 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7869 int sort, 7870 int access_ctr, 7871 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7872 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7873 int quadrant, 7874 asection *seg) 7875 { 7876 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7877 7878 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct)); 7879 if (!chain_entry) 7880 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name); 7881 7882 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7883 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name); 7884 7885 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7886 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7887 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7888 7889 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7890 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7891 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7892 7893 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7894 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7895 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7896 else 7897 { 7898 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7899 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7900 7901 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7902 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7903 7904 while (chain_pointer) 7905 { 7906 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7907 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7908 } 7909 7910 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7911 the links. */ 7912 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7913 { 7914 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7915 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7916 } 7917 else 7918 { 7919 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7920 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7921 } 7922 } 7923 7924 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7925 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7926 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7927 #endif 7928 7929 return chain_entry; 7930 } 7931 7932 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7933 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7934 7935 static ssd_chain_struct * 7936 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7937 char *name, 7938 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7939 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7940 int comdat, 7941 int common, 7942 int dup_common, 7943 int sort, 7944 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7945 int access_ctr, 7946 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7947 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7948 int quadrant, 7949 asection *section) 7950 { 7951 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7952 7953 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7954 7955 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7956 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7957 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7958 #endif 7959 7960 return chain_entry; 7961 } 7962 7963 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7964 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7965 7966 static sd_chain_struct * 7967 is_defined_space (char *name) 7968 { 7969 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7970 7971 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7972 chain_pointer; 7973 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7974 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7975 return chain_pointer; 7976 7977 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7978 return NULL; 7979 } 7980 7981 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7982 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7983 7984 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7985 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7986 7987 static sd_chain_struct * 7988 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7989 { 7990 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7991 7992 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7994 space_chain; 7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7996 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7997 return space_chain; 7998 7999 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 8000 return NULL; 8001 } 8002 8003 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 8004 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 8005 8006 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 8007 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 8008 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 8009 COMDAT data. 8010 8011 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 8012 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 8013 own subspace. */ 8014 8015 static ssd_chain_struct * 8016 is_defined_subspace (char *name) 8017 { 8018 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8019 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 8020 8021 /* Walk through each space. */ 8022 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8023 space_chain; 8024 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8025 { 8026 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 8027 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 8028 subspace_chain; 8029 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 8030 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 8031 return subspace_chain; 8032 } 8033 8034 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 8035 return NULL; 8036 } 8037 8038 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 8039 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 8040 8041 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 8042 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 8043 to become more efficient. */ 8044 8045 static ssd_chain_struct * 8046 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 8047 { 8048 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8049 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 8050 8051 /* Walk through each space. */ 8052 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8053 space_chain; 8054 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8055 { 8056 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 8057 { 8058 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 8059 the correct mapping. */ 8060 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 8061 subspace_chain; 8062 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 8063 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 8064 return subspace_chain; 8065 } 8066 } 8067 8068 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 8069 return NULL; 8070 } 8071 8072 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 8073 8074 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 8075 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 8076 8077 static sd_chain_struct * 8078 pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 8079 { 8080 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8081 8082 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8083 space_chain; 8084 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8085 { 8086 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 8087 return space_chain; 8088 } 8089 8090 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 8091 return NULL; 8092 } 8093 8094 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8095 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8096 8097 static unsigned int 8098 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8099 { 8100 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8101 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8102 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8103 return 0x40000000; 8104 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8105 return 0x40000000; 8106 else 8107 return 0; 8108 return 0; 8109 } 8110 #endif 8111 8112 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8113 a string. */ 8114 8115 static unsigned int 8116 pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8117 { 8118 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8119 8120 switch (c) 8121 { 8122 case '\"': 8123 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8124 break; 8125 default: 8126 break; 8127 } 8128 return c; 8129 } 8130 8131 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8132 8133 static void 8134 pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8135 { 8136 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8137 unsigned int c; 8138 int i; 8139 8140 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8141 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8142 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8143 8144 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8145 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8146 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8147 #endif 8148 8149 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8150 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8151 8152 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8153 { 8154 if (c == '\\') 8155 { 8156 c = *s; 8157 switch (c) 8158 { 8159 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8160 case 'x': 8161 { 8162 unsigned int number; 8163 int num_digit; 8164 char dg; 8165 char *s_start = s; 8166 8167 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8168 s++; 8169 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8170 num_digit < 2 8171 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8172 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8173 num_digit++) 8174 { 8175 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8176 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8177 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8178 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8179 else 8180 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8181 8182 s++; 8183 dg = *s; 8184 } 8185 if (num_digit > 0) 8186 { 8187 switch (num_digit) 8188 { 8189 case 1: 8190 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8191 break; 8192 case 2: 8193 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8194 break; 8195 } 8196 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8197 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8198 } 8199 break; 8200 } 8201 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8202 default: 8203 s++; 8204 break; 8205 } 8206 } 8207 } 8208 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8209 pa_undefine_label (); 8210 } 8211 8212 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8213 8214 static void 8215 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8216 { 8217 obj_version (0); 8218 pa_undefine_label (); 8219 } 8220 8221 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8222 8223 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8224 8225 static void 8226 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8227 { 8228 obj_som_compiler (0); 8229 pa_undefine_label (); 8230 } 8231 8232 #endif 8233 8234 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8235 8236 static void 8237 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8238 { 8239 obj_copyright (0); 8240 pa_undefine_label (); 8241 } 8242 8243 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8244 the latest space label. */ 8245 8246 static void 8247 pa_cons (int nbytes) 8248 { 8249 cons (nbytes); 8250 pa_undefine_label (); 8251 } 8252 8253 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8254 8255 static void 8256 pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8257 { 8258 float_cons (float_type); 8259 pa_undefine_label (); 8260 } 8261 8262 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8263 8264 static void 8265 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8266 { 8267 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8268 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8269 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8270 #endif 8271 8272 s_fill (0); 8273 pa_undefine_label (); 8274 } 8275 8276 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8277 8278 static void 8279 pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8280 { 8281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8284 #endif 8285 8286 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8287 pa_undefine_label (); 8288 } 8289 8290 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8291 8292 static void 8293 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8294 { 8295 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8296 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8297 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8298 #endif 8299 8300 s_lsym (0); 8301 pa_undefine_label (); 8302 } 8303 8304 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8305 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8306 8307 void 8308 md_begin (void) 8309 { 8310 const char *retval = NULL; 8311 int lose = 0; 8312 unsigned int i = 0; 8313 8314 last_call_info = NULL; 8315 call_info_root = NULL; 8316 8317 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8318 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8319 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8320 8321 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8322 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8323 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8324 { 8325 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8326 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8327 } 8328 8329 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8330 pa_spaces_begin (); 8331 #endif 8332 8333 op_hash = hash_new (); 8334 8335 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8336 { 8337 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8338 8339 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); 8340 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') 8341 { 8342 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); 8343 lose = 1; 8344 } 8345 8346 do 8347 { 8348 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8349 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8350 { 8351 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8352 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8353 lose = 1; 8354 } 8355 ++i; 8356 } 8357 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8358 } 8359 8360 if (lose) 8361 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8362 8363 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8364 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8365 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8366 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8367 #endif 8368 8369 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8370 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8371 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8372 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8373 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8374 #endif 8375 } 8376 8377 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8378 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8379 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8380 8381 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8382 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8383 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8384 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8385 with the address of "foo"). 8386 8387 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8388 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8389 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8390 8391 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8392 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8393 selectors). 8394 8395 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8396 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8397 8398 int 8399 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8400 { 8401 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8402 reloc_type code; 8403 #endif 8404 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8405 8406 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8407 8408 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8409 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8410 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8411 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8412 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type, 8413 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8414 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8415 8416 switch (code) 8417 { 8418 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8419 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8420 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8421 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8422 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8423 8424 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8425 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8426 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8427 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8428 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8429 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8430 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8431 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8432 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8433 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8434 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8435 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8436 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8437 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8438 8439 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8440 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8441 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8442 return 0; 8443 default: 8444 break; 8445 } 8446 #endif 8447 8448 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8449 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8450 8451 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8452 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8453 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8454 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8455 && fixp->fx_subsy 8456 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8457 return 0; 8458 8459 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8460 8461 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8462 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8463 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8464 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8465 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8466 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8467 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8468 sum to the right value. 8469 8470 eg. Suppose we have 8471 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8472 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8473 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8474 8475 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8476 reducing to the section symbol we get 8477 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8478 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8479 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8480 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8481 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8482 8483 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8484 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8485 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8486 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8487 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8488 8489 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8490 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8491 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8492 return 0; 8493 8494 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8495 relocations with plabels. */ 8496 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8497 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8498 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8499 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8500 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8501 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8502 return 0; 8503 8504 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8505 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8506 return 0; 8507 8508 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8509 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8510 return 0; 8511 8512 return 1; 8513 } 8514 8515 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8516 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8517 within GAS. */ 8518 8519 int 8520 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8521 { 8522 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8523 8524 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8525 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8526 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8527 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8528 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8529 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8530 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8531 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8532 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8533 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8534 return 1; 8535 #endif 8536 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8537 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8538 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8539 return 1; 8540 #endif 8541 8542 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8543 8544 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8545 linking works. */ 8546 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8547 return 1; 8548 8549 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8550 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8551 call stub. */ 8552 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8553 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8554 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8555 return 1; 8556 8557 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8558 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8559 { 8560 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8561 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8562 8563 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8564 8565 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8566 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8567 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8568 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8569 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8570 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8571 #endif 8572 8573 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8574 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8575 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8576 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8577 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8578 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8579 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8580 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8581 ) 8582 return 1; 8583 } 8584 8585 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8586 return 1; 8587 8588 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8589 return 0; 8590 } 8591 8592 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8593 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8594 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8595 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8596 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8597 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8598 8599 void 8600 elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8601 { 8602 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8603 8604 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8605 call_info_pointer; 8606 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8607 { 8608 elf_symbol_type *esym 8609 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8610 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8611 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8612 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8613 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 static void 8618 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8619 { 8620 struct fix *new_fix; 8621 8622 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0); 8623 8624 if (new_fix) 8625 { 8626 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 8627 8628 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8629 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8630 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8631 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8632 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8633 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8634 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8635 } 8636 } 8637 8638 static void 8639 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8640 { 8641 struct fix *new_fix; 8642 8643 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0); 8644 8645 if (new_fix) 8646 { 8647 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 8648 8649 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8650 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8651 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8652 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8653 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8654 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8655 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8656 } 8657 } 8658 #endif 8659 8660 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8661 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8662 dependent tables? */ 8663 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8664 { 8665 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8666 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8667 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8668 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8669 #endif 8670 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8671 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8672 #endif 8673 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8674 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8675 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8676 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8677 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8678 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8679 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8680 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8681 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8682 #else 8683 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8684 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8685 #endif 8686 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8687 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8688 #endif 8689 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8690 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8691 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8692 #endif 8693 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8694 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8695 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8696 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8697 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8698 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8699 #endif 8700 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8701 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8702 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8703 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8704 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8705 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8706 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8707 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8708 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8709 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8710 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8711 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8712 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8713 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8714 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8715 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8716 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8717 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8718 #endif 8719 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8720 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8721 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8722 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8723 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8724 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8725 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8726 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8727 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8728 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8729 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8730 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8731 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8732 #endif 8733 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8734 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8735 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8736 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8737 #endif 8738 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8739 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8740 #endif 8741 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8742 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8743 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8744 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8745 #endif 8746 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8747 {NULL, 0, 0} 8748 }; 8749 8750 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8751 void 8752 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8753 { 8754 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8755 } 8756 8757 int 8758 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8759 { 8760 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8761 unsigned int i; 8762 const char *p; 8763 char *q; 8764 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8765 { 8766 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8767 }; 8768 8769 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8770 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8771 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8772 8773 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8774 { 8775 p = regname + 1; 8776 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8777 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8778 return -1; 8779 } 8780 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8781 { 8782 p = regname + 2; 8783 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8784 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8785 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8786 return -1; 8787 regnum += 32 - 4; 8788 #else 8789 if (p == q 8790 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8791 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8792 return -1; 8793 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8794 if (*q == 'R') 8795 regnum++; 8796 #endif 8797 } 8798 return regnum; 8799 } 8800 #endif 8801
